WO2022138478A1 - Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium - Google Patents

Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022138478A1
WO2022138478A1 PCT/JP2021/046691 JP2021046691W WO2022138478A1 WO 2022138478 A1 WO2022138478 A1 WO 2022138478A1 JP 2021046691 W JP2021046691 W JP 2021046691W WO 2022138478 A1 WO2022138478 A1 WO 2022138478A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
group
compound represented
fluorine
polymerization
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/046691
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
晋毅 南口
Original Assignee
昭和電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 昭和電工株式会社 filed Critical 昭和電工株式会社
Publication of WO2022138478A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022138478A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C251/00Compounds containing nitrogen atoms doubly-bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C251/32Oximes
    • C07C251/50Oximes having oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups bound to carbon atoms of substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C07C251/54Oximes having oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups bound to carbon atoms of substituted hydrocarbon radicals of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G65/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G65/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from cyclic ethers by opening of the heterocyclic ring
    • C08G65/26Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from cyclic ethers by opening of the heterocyclic ring from cyclic ethers and other compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M105/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the base-material being a non-macromolecular organic compound
    • C10M105/50Lubricating compositions characterised by the base-material being a non-macromolecular organic compound containing halogen
    • C10M105/54Lubricating compositions characterised by the base-material being a non-macromolecular organic compound containing halogen containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen and oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M107/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the base-material being a macromolecular compound
    • C10M107/38Lubricating compositions characterised by the base-material being a macromolecular compound containing halogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2020/00Specified physical or chemical properties or characteristics, i.e. function, of component of lubricating compositions
    • C10N2020/01Physico-chemical properties
    • C10N2020/04Molecular weight; Molecular weight distribution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2030/00Specified physical or chemical properties which is improved by the additive characterising the lubricating composition, e.g. multifunctional additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2030/00Specified physical or chemical properties which is improved by the additive characterising the lubricating composition, e.g. multifunctional additives
    • C10N2030/06Oiliness; Film-strength; Anti-wear; Resistance to extreme pressure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/14Electric or magnetic purposes
    • C10N2040/18Electric or magnetic purposes in connection with recordings on magnetic tape or disc

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a fluorine-containing ether compound, a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium, and a magnetic recording medium.
  • a magnetic recording medium in which a recording layer is formed on a substrate and a protective layer such as carbon is formed on the recording layer.
  • the protective layer protects the information recorded on the recording layer and enhances the slidability of the magnetic head.
  • the durability of the magnetic recording medium cannot be sufficiently obtained only by providing the protective layer on the recording layer. Therefore, in general, a lubricant is applied to the surface of the protective layer to form the lubricating layer.
  • Examples of the lubricant used when forming the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording medium include polar groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an imino group, and an isocyanate group at the end of a fluorine-based polymer having a repeating structure containing CF 2 .
  • polar groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an imino group, and an isocyanate group at the end of a fluorine-based polymer having a repeating structure containing CF 2 .
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a fluorine-containing ester compound having a terminal group containing an oxime group at the molecular terminal.
  • Patent Document 2 describes that an activation-treated layer is formed on the surface of a protective film layer made of a fluorine-based organic compound, and a lubricating layer made of a compound having a cumulative double bond is provided on the activation-treated layer. .. Patent Document 2 describes that an activation-treated layer is formed by introducing at least one group selected from a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an imino group. Further, Patent Document 2 describes isocyanate as a compound having a cumulative double bond, which is an active moiety that causes a double addition reaction with the above-mentioned introduction group.
  • Patent Document 3 an ether bond (-O-), a methylene group ( -CH2- ) and one hydrogen atom are substituted with hydroxyl groups between the perfluoropolyether chain and both terminal groups, respectively.
  • a fluorine-containing ether compound in which a linking group in combination with a methylene group (-CH (OH)-) is arranged is disclosed.
  • the magnetic recording / reproducing device it is required to further reduce the floating amount of the magnetic head. Therefore, it is required to make the thickness of the lubricating layer in the magnetic recording medium thinner.
  • the thickness of the lubricating layer is reduced, the number of molecules of the compound constituting the lubricating layer is reduced, and the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the magnetic recording medium tends to be lowered.
  • the rotation speed of the magnetic recording medium is increasing in order to increase the capacity of the magnetic recording medium.
  • spin-off of the lubricating layer is likely to occur.
  • Spin-off is a phenomenon in which the lubricant scatters or evaporates due to centrifugal force and heat generated by the rotation of the magnetic recording medium. If the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the magnetic recording medium is insufficient, spin-off is likely to occur.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, has excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin, can form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur, and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium. It is an object of the present invention to provide a fluorine-containing ether compound that can be used in the above. Another object of the present invention is to provide a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention. Another object of the present invention is to provide a magnetic recording medium having an excellent reliability and durability having a lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention.
  • the present inventor has conducted extensive research to solve the above problems. As a result, they found that a fluorine-containing ether compound in which a specific terminal group including an oxime group is bonded via a divalent linking group having a polar group at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain may be used.
  • a fluorine-containing ether compound in which a specific terminal group including an oxime group is bonded via a divalent linking group having a polar group at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain may be used.
  • the first aspect of the present invention provides the following fluorine-containing ether compounds.
  • a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the following formula (1) R 1 -R 2 -CH 2 -R 3 -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 (1) (In formula (1), R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the following formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively; R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. R 3 is a perfluoropolyether chain.)
  • X and Y are either a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound according to the first aspect of the present invention preferably has the characteristics described in the following [2] to [10]. It is also preferable to arbitrarily combine two or more of the features described in the following [2] to [10]. [2] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to [1], wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 8 or less. [3] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to [1], wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 6 or less.
  • a is an integer of 0 to 3; in equation (5), b is an integer of 0 to 3 and c is an integer of 1 to 4; in equation (6), d. Is an integer of 0 to 3 and e is an integer of 1 to 4; however, at least one of a, b, and d is 1 or more.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides the following lubricants for magnetic recording media.
  • a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium which comprises the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [10].
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides the following magnetic recording medium. [12] A magnetic recording medium in which at least a magnetic layer, a protective layer, and a lubricating layer are sequentially provided on a substrate. A magnetic recording medium, wherein the lubricating layer contains the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [10].
  • the magnetic recording medium of the third aspect of the present invention preferably has the characteristics described in the following [13]. [13] The magnetic recording medium according to [12], wherein the lubricating layer has an average film thickness of 0.5 nm to 2.0 nm.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the above formula (1) and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium. Since the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium of the present invention contains the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention, it is possible to form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin. Since the magnetic recording medium of the present invention is provided with a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion, it has excellent reliability and durability.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “lubricant”), and the magnetic recording medium will be described in detail.
  • lubricant the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention
  • the magnetic recording medium the magnetic recording medium
  • the present invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below.
  • the present invention can be added, omitted, replaced, or changed in terms of number, quantity, ratio, material, composition, etc., without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of this embodiment is represented by the following formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the following formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively;
  • R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively.
  • R 3 is a perfluoropolyether chain.
  • X and Y are either a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment has a perfluoropolyether chain represented by R3 ( hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “PFPE chain”).
  • PFPE chain a perfluoropolyether chain represented by R3 ( hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “PFPE chain”).
  • the PFPE chain covers the surface of the protective layer and imparts lubricity to the lubricating layer to reduce the frictional force between the magnetic head and the protective layer.
  • R 1 and R 5 in the formula (1) are terminal groups represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively.
  • the nitrogen and oxygen atoms forming the oxime group have polarity, and have an interaction (affinity) with the protective layer and an intramolecular interaction.
  • the nitrogen atom forming the oxime group has a strong interaction with the protective layer and is equivalent to a hydroxyl group. Therefore, the oxime groups contained in R 1 and R 5 promote the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer.
  • R 1 and R 5 promote the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer, suppress the aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer, and spread in the plane direction on the protective layer. Make it easy to arrange in a uniformly extended state.
  • the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be formed with a sufficient coverage even if the thickness is thin, and the adhesion to the protective layer is good.
  • R 2 and R 4 in the formula (1) are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively.
  • the polar group of R 2 or R 4 has an interaction (affinity) with the protective layer and promotes the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer. Therefore, in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the interaction between the oxime group contained in R 1 and R 5 and the protective layer, and the polar group and protection of R 2 and R 4 are protected. The synergistic effect of the interaction with the layer provides good adhesion to the protective layer.
  • R 1 is a terminal group bonded to R 2 and R 5 is a terminal group bonded to R 4 .
  • R 1 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • R 1 and R 5 since R 1 and R 5 each contain an oxime group, the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer adhere to each other in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound. The sex becomes good.
  • R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively.
  • X and Y are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.
  • X and Y in the formula (2) provide a function of exhibiting a better interaction with the protective layer of the magnetic recording medium, a fluorine-containing lubricating layer capable of forming a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be formed. It becomes an ether compound.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent as X and / or Y in the formula (2) and the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond are oxygen atom, sulfur atom and nitrogen. It may contain any of the atoms.
  • X and Y may be the same or different.
  • alkyl group which may have a substituent The alkyl group in the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (hereinafter, may be referred to as "alkyl group which may have a substituent") is an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably a group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group and an octyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or may have a branch.
  • the total number of carbon atoms contained in X and Y is preferably 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 6. Is more preferable.
  • Examples of the substituent in the alkyl group which may have a substituent include a halogeno group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a cyano group.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent has these substituents, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound capable of forming a lubricating layer having better adhesion.
  • the alkyl group having a halogeno group as a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having at least one fluoro group.
  • the alkyl group having a fluoro group include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, an octafluoropentyl group, and a tridecafluorooctyl group. Group etc. can be mentioned.
  • alkyl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent examples include an alkyl group represented by the following formula (14).
  • X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group, and the formula (14). ) Is more preferable.
  • X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group represented by the formula (14)
  • the affinity between the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer The property becomes even better, which is preferable.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group; d represents an integer of 1 to 6; when d is 2 or more, R 6 is the same. It may or may not be different.
  • R 6 is an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6 is preferably an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferable.
  • the dotted line on the left side in the formula (14) is bonded to the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2).
  • d represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3.
  • Motility is moderately restricted and preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the formula (14) (the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 6 and the number of d) is 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, and more preferably 1 to 6. It is preferable, and it is more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the formula (14) is 1 to 8, the surface free energy of the entire molecule does not decrease due to the low proportion of fluorine atoms in the fluorine-containing ether compound molecule, which is preferable.
  • R 1 and R 5 are specifically represented by the following formulas (12-1) to (12-6). ), Whichever structure is represented by the formulas (13-1) to (13-4) is preferable.
  • X and / or Y in the formula (2) is an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond
  • the organic group has at least one double bond or a triple bond, and is, for example, aromatic.
  • examples thereof include a group containing a group hydrocarbon, a group containing an aromatic heterocycle, a group containing an alkenyl group, and a group containing an alkynyl group.
  • the double bond or triple bond is preferably a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • examples of the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond include a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, a phenyl fluoride group, a naphthyl group, a phenethyl group, a methoxyphenethyl group, a phenethyl fluoride group, a benzyl group and a methoxybenzyl group.
  • Examples of the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond include a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, a thienylethyl group, a butenyl group, an allyl group, a propargyl group, a phenethyl group, a methoxyphenethyl group and a fluorinated phenethyl group. Any of them is preferable, and any of a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a propargyl group is more preferable.
  • the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond is any one of a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a propargyl group
  • a fluorine-containing ether compound capable of forming a lubricating layer having better adhesion can be formed. Will be.
  • the above-mentioned organic group having a double bond or a triple bond may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a carbonyl group, an amino group or a cyano group.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent as X and / or Y, and the organic group, which has a double bond or a triple bond, are carbons forming a double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2).
  • a linking group consisting of an ether bond and a methylene chain may be bonded to the atom.
  • the above-mentioned organic group having a double bond or a triple bond has one ether bond and one methylene chain between the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2). It is preferable that the linking group consisting of is bonded.
  • It is a fluorine-containing ether compound that is difficult to form and can form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion.
  • Examples of the linking group bonded to the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2) include an oxyethyl group (-O-CH 2 -CH 2- ) and an oxypropyl group (-). Examples thereof include O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- ) and an oxybutyl group (-O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- ).
  • the number of carbon atoms of the methylene chain contained in the linking group is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 4. When the number of carbon atoms in the methylene chain is 1 to 6, the surface free energy of the entire molecule does not decrease due to the low proportion of fluorine atoms in the fluorine-containing ether compound molecule, which is preferable.
  • an organic group having an alkyl group, a double bond or a triple bond, which may have a substituent has a linking group consisting of an ether bond and a methylene chain with an oxime group
  • R 2 and R 4 in the formula (1) are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively.
  • R 2 and R 4 may be the same or different. Since R 2 and R 4 have polar groups, when a lubricating layer is formed on the protective layer by using the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, it is suitable between the lubricating layer and the protective layer. Interaction occurs.
  • the divalent linking group having a polar group forming R 2 and R 4 can be appropriately selected depending on the performance required for the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the like.
  • the polar groups contained in R 2 and R 4 cause a suitable interaction between the lubricant and the protective layer when a lubricating layer made of a lubricant containing a fluorine-containing ether compound is formed on the protective layer. It is preferable that the lubricant is used.
  • a polar group include a hydroxyl group (-OH), an amino group (-NH 2 ), a carboxy group (-COOH), an aldehyde group (-CHO), a carbonyl group (-CO-), and a sulfonic acid group (-CO-).
  • -SO 3 H hydroxyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • the hydroxyl group is a polar group having a strong interaction with a protective layer, particularly a carbon-based protective layer. Therefore, when the polar group contained in R 2 and R 4 is a hydroxyl group, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound having excellent adhesion to the surface of the protective layer.
  • R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having a hydroxyl group as a polar group
  • the total of the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 2 and the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 4 is 2 or more, and 3 or more. May be.
  • R 2 and R 4 each contain one or more hydroxyl groups
  • the adhesion between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer becomes better in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound, which is preferable.
  • the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 2 and the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 4 is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less.
  • the polarity of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes too high, and the pickup adheres to the magnetic head as a foreign substance (smear). Can be prevented from occurring, which is preferable.
  • a methylene group (-CH 2- ) is arranged at the end of R 2 on the R 1 side and / or the end of R 4 on the R 5 side.
  • R 3 -CH 2 -R 2- and R 3 -CH 2 -R 4- are respectively represented by the following formula (3). It is preferably represented.
  • R 3 -CH 2- [A]-[B]-[C]-(3) In the formula (3), [A] is represented by the following formula (4), [B] is represented by the following formula (5), and [C] is represented by the following formula (6). ), The order of [A], [B], and [C] may be changed.
  • the ether bond (—O—) side in the formulas (4) to (6) is the CH 2 side in the formula (3). be.)
  • a is an integer of 0 to 3; in equation (5), b is an integer of 0 to 3 and c is an integer of 1 to 4; in equation (6), d. Is an integer of 0 to 3 and e is an integer of 1 to 4; however, at least one of a, b, and d is 1 or more.
  • a in the formula (4), b in the formula (5), and d in the formula (6) are integers of 0 to 3, respectively.
  • the a in the formula (4), the b in the formula (5) and the d in the formula (6) further improve the adhesion between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound. Therefore, at least one is one or more. That is, the formula (3) includes at least one of [A], [B], and [C].
  • the total of a in the formula (4), b in the formula (5) and d in the formula (6) is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 2 or less. If the total of a in the formula (4), b in the formula (5), and d in the formula (6) is 4 or less, the polarity of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes too high, and as a foreign substance (smear). It is possible to effectively prevent the generation of pickups adhering to the magnetic head.
  • C in the formula (5) and e in the formula (6) are integers of 1 to 4, respectively.
  • c and e are preferably integers of 1 to 3, respectively, and most preferably 2.
  • c in the formula (5) is an integer of 1 to 4
  • the distance between the hydroxyl group in the formula (5) and R 1 or R 5 becomes appropriate.
  • c in the formula (5) is an integer of 1 to 4
  • the distance between the hydroxyl groups in the formula (5) becomes appropriate when b is 2 or 3, which is preferable.
  • e in the formula (6) is an integer of 1 to 4
  • the distance between the hydroxyl groups in the formula (6) becomes appropriate when d is 2 or 3, which is preferable.
  • R3 is a perfluoropolyether chain (PFPE chain).
  • PFPE chain perfluoropolyether chain
  • R3 is not particularly limited , and can be appropriately selected depending on the performance required for the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the like.
  • the PFPE chain include a perfluoromethylene oxide polymer, a perfluoroethylene oxide polymer, a perfluoro-n-propylene oxide polymer, a perfluoroisopropylene oxide polymer, and a copolymer thereof. ..
  • the PFPE chain may have, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (Rf) derived from a polymer or copolymer of perfluoroalkylene oxide.
  • Rf formula (Rf) derived from a polymer or copolymer of perfluoroalkylene oxide.
  • p2, p3, p4, p5 indicate the average degree of polymerization and each independently represents 0 to 30; however, all of p2, p3, p4 and p5 cannot be 0 at the same time;
  • p1 and p6 are average values indicating the number of -CF 2- , and each represents 1 to 3 independently; the arrangement order of the repeating units in the formula (Rf) is not particularly limited.)
  • p2, p3, p4, and p5 indicate the average
  • p1 and p6 are average values indicating the number of ⁇ CF2 ⁇ , and each independently represents 1 to 3.
  • p1 and p6 are determined according to the structure of the repeating unit arranged at the end of the chain structure in the polymer represented by the formula (Rf).
  • (CF 2 O), (CF 2 CF 2 O), (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O), and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) in the formula (Rf) are repeating units.
  • the arrangement order of the repeating units in the formula (Rf) is not particularly limited. Further, the number of types of repeating units in the equation (Rf) is not particularly limited.
  • R 3 in the formula (1) is, for example, a PFPE chain represented by the following formula (Rf-1). -(CF 2 ) p7 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) p8- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p9- (CF 2 ) p10- (Rf-1) (In the formula (Rf-1), p8 and p9 indicate the average degree of polymerization and independently represent 0.1 to 30; p7 and p10 are average values indicating the number of ⁇ CF2 ⁇ and are independent of each other.
  • the sequence order of the repeating units (CF 2 CF 2 O) and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) in the formula (Rf-1) is not particularly limited.
  • the formula (Rf-1) includes any of a random copolymer composed of a monomer unit (CF 2 CF 2 O) and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O), a block copolymer, and an alternate copolymer. It may be a thing.
  • p8 and p9 indicating the average degree of polymerization independently represent 0.1 to 30, preferably 0.1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 15.
  • P7 and p10 in the formula (Rf-1) are average values indicating the number of ⁇ CF2 ⁇ , and each independently represents 1 to 2.
  • p7 and p10 are determined according to the structure of the repeating unit arranged at the end of the chain structure in the polymer represented by the formula (Rf-1).
  • R 3 in the formula (1) is any of the following formulas (7) to (11).
  • the formula (7) includes any of a random copolymer composed of a monomer unit (CF2 - CF2 - O) and (CF2 - O), a block copolymer, and an alternate copolymer. You may.
  • m, n, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (7) to (11) are 0.1 to 30, respectively, a lubricant containing them is easy to apply and has good adhesion. Will be obtained.
  • the m, n, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (7) to (11) are preferably 30 or less, and more preferably 20 or less, respectively.
  • m, n, w, x, y, and z may be 0.1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 8, 2 to 5, and the like, respectively.
  • R 3 in the formula (1) is any of the formulas (7) to (11), it is preferable because the synthesis of the fluorine-containing ether compound is easy. When R 3 is of the formula (7), it is more preferable because the raw material can be easily obtained.
  • R 3 is any of the formulas (7) to (11) the ratio of the number of oxygen atoms (the number of ether bonds (—O—)) to the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoropolyether chain is , Will be appropriate. Therefore, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound having an appropriate hardness. Therefore, the fluorine-containing ether compound applied on the protective layer is less likely to aggregate on the protective layer, and a thinner lubricating layer can be formed with a sufficient coverage. Further, when R 3 is any of the formulas (7) to (11), it is a fluorine-containing ether compound that can obtain a lubricating layer having good adhesion.
  • R 1 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • R 1 and R 5 are the same, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be easily produced, which is preferable.
  • R 2 and R 4 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 and R 4 are the same, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be easily produced, which is preferable. Therefore, it is preferable that R 1 and R 5 of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) are the same, and R 2 and R 4 are the same, because it can be produced more easily.
  • the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, still more preferably 5 or less. It is particularly preferable that it is 4 or less.
  • the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 8 or less, aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer due to the intramolecular interaction of the hydroxyl groups is unlikely to occur. Therefore, a thin lubricating layer can be formed with a better coverage, and better adhesion can be obtained. Further, in the lubricating layer containing this, the fluorine-containing ether compound aggregates and is less likely to be picked up as foreign matter (smear) attached to the magnetic head.
  • the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more.
  • the synergistic effect of the interaction between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer due to the inclusion of hydroxyl groups together with the oxime group can be sufficiently obtained. Therefore, a lubricating layer having even better adhesion can be obtained.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably any compound represented by the following formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI).
  • the repetition numbers ma to mz, mA to mE, na to nz, nA to nE, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI) are average values. Since it is a value shown, it is not necessarily an integer.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (A) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a hydroxyethyl group
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (B) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a hydroxypropyl group
  • R 2 is [A]
  • a in the formula (4) is 1
  • R 3 is the formula (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (C) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group
  • R 2 is [A]
  • a in the formula (4) is 1
  • R 3 is the formula (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (D) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (E) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (E) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (F) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 1-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (F) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxymethyl groups.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compound represented by the formula (G) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxyethyl groups.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (H) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (I) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compound represented by the formula (J) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a hydroxyethyl group
  • R 2 is [B] in the formula (5).
  • B is 1 and c is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compound represented by the formula (K) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a hydroxyethyl group
  • R 2 is [B]
  • b in the equation (5) is 1
  • c is 2.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (L) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2)
  • X is a hydrogen atom
  • Y is a hydroxyethyl group
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (M) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • -CH 2 -R 2 -R 1 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 1 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6).
  • d is 1, and e is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 5 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6).
  • d is 1, and e is 1.
  • the compound represented by the formula (N) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 5 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 2, and equation (6).
  • d is 1, and e is 2.
  • the compound represented by the formula (O) has the same R1 and R5.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (P) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (Q) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • the compound represented by the formula (R) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (S) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 1-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (S) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (T) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxymethyl groups.
  • the compound represented by the formula (T) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (U) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (U) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, Y is a hydroxyethyl group, and R 2 is [B] in the formula (5). B is 1 and c is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, Y is a hydroxymethyl group, and R 2 is [B] in the formula (5).
  • B is 1 and c is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 4 is [B], b in the equation (5) is 1, and c is 2.
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [B], b in the equation (5) is 1, and c is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • the compound represented by the formula (Y) has the same R1 and R5.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • -CH 2 -R 2 -R 1 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 1 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6).
  • d is 1, and e is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2.
  • the compound represented by the formula (Z) has the same R1 and R5.
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AA) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (3-butenyloxy) ethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AB) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2-butoxyethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AC) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (2-propynyloxy) ethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AD) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (4-methoxyphenoxy) ethyl group.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (7).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AE) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (AF) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (8).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AF) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (AG) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (9).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AG) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (AH) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (10).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AH) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • the compound represented by the formula (AI) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position.
  • R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1.
  • R 3 is the equation (11).
  • R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (AI) has the same R2 and R4 .
  • ma and na represent the average degree of polymerization, ma represents 1 to 30, and na represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mb and nb indicate the average degree of polymerization, mb represents 1 to 30, and nb represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mc and nc represent the average degree of polymerization, mc represents 1 to 30, and nc represents 0.1 to 30.
  • md and nd indicate the average degree of polymerization, md represents 1 to 30, and nd represents 0.1 to 30.
  • me and ne indicate the average degree of polymerization, me represents 1 to 30, and ne represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mf and nf indicate the average degree of polymerization, mf represents 1 to 30, and nf represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mg and ng indicate the average degree of polymerization, mg represents 1 to 30, and ng represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mh and nh indicate the average degree of polymerization, mh represents 1 to 30, and nh represents 0.1 to 30).
  • mi and ni indicate the average degree of polymerization, mi represents 1 to 30, and ni represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mj and nj indicate the average degree of polymerization, mj represents 1 to 30, and nj represents 0.1 to 30.
  • K mk and nk represent the average degree of polymerization, mk represents 1 to 30, and nk represents 0.1 to 30.
  • L ml and nl indicate the average degree of polymerization, ml represents 1 to 30, and nl represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mm and nm indicate the average degree of polymerization, mm represents 1 to 30, and nm represents 0.1 to 30.
  • N mn and nn indicate the average degree of polymerization, mn represents 1 to 30, and nn represents 0.1 to 30.
  • O mo and no indicate the average degree of polymerization, mo represents 1 to 30, and no represents 0.1 to 30.
  • P mp and np indicate the average degree of polymerization, mp represents 1 to 30, and np represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mq and nq indicate the average degree of polymerization, mq represents 1 to 30, and nq represents 0.1 to 30).
  • R mr and nr indicate the average degree of polymerization, mr represents 1 to 30, and nr represents 0.1 to 30.
  • S ms and ns represent the average degree of polymerization, ms represents 1 to 30, and ns represents 0.1 to 30.
  • T mt and nt indicate the average degree of polymerization, mt represents 1 to 30, and nt represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mu and nu indicate the average degree of polymerization, mu represents 1 to 30, and nu represents 0.1 to 30.
  • V mv and nv indicate the average degree of polymerization, mv represents 1 to 30, and nv represents 0.1 to 30.
  • W mw and nw indicate the average degree of polymerization, mw represents 1 to 30, and nw represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mx and nx indicate the average degree of polymerization, mx represents 1 to 30, and nx represents 0.1 to 30.
  • mC and nC indicate the average degree of polymerization, mC represents 1 to 30, and nC represents 0.1 to 30.
  • AD mD and nD indicate the average degree of polymerization, mD represents 1 to 30, and nD represents 0.1 to 30.
  • AE mE and nE indicate the average degree of polymerization, mE represents 1 to 30, and nE represents 0.1 to 30.
  • w indicates the average degree of polymerization, and w represents 0.1 to 30.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is any of the compounds represented by the above formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI), the raw material is easily available and the thickness is thin. However, it is preferable because a lubricating layer capable of obtaining excellent adhesion can be formed.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment preferably has a number average molecular weight (Mn) in the range of 500 to 10,000.
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment is difficult to evaporate. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lubricant from evaporating and transferring to the magnetic head, and it is possible to form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur.
  • the number average molecular weight of the fluorine-containing ether compound is more preferably 1000 or more.
  • the number average molecular weight of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes appropriate, and by applying a lubricant containing this, a thin lubricating layer can be easily formed.
  • the number average molecular weight of the fluorine-containing ether compound is more preferably 3000 or less because it has a viscosity that is easy to handle when applied to a lubricant.
  • the molecular weight may be 500 to 9000, 650 to 7000, 800 to 5000, 900 to 4000, 1000 to 3000, 1100 to 2500, depending on the need. It may be 1200 to 2000 or 1200 to 1800.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the fluorine-containing ether compound is a value measured by 1 H-NMR and 19 F-NMR by AVANCE III400 manufactured by Bruker Biospin.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • the sample was diluted with a single or mixed solvent such as hexafluorobenzene, d-acetone, d-tetrahydrogen and used for the measurement.
  • the standard for 19 F-NMR chemical shift was -164.7 ppm for the peak of hexafluorobenzene, and the standard for 1 H-NMR chemical shift was 2.2 ppm for the peak of acetone.
  • the method for producing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and can be produced by using a conventionally known production method.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment can be produced, for example, by using the production method shown below. First, a fluorine-based compound in which a hydroxymethyl group (-CH 2 OH) is arranged at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain corresponding to R 3 in the formula (1) is prepared.
  • the hydroxyl group of the hydroxymethyl group arranged at one end of the fluorine-based compound is replaced with the group consisting of R1 - R2- in the formula ( 1 ) (first reaction). Then, the hydroxyl group of the hydroxymethyl group arranged at the other end is replaced with the terminal group consisting of —R4 ⁇ R5 in the formula (1) (second reaction).
  • the first reaction and the second reaction can be carried out by using conventionally known methods, and can be appropriately determined according to the types of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 and the like in the formula (1). Further, either of the first reaction and the second reaction may be performed first. When R 1 and R 5 are the same and R 2 and R 4 are the same, the first reaction and the second reaction may be performed at the same time.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) can be obtained.
  • an epoxy compound in order to produce the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the above formula (1).
  • This epoxy compound may be purchased commercially or may be synthesized.
  • an oxime compound having a structure corresponding to a terminal group represented by R 1 or R 5 of the fluorine-containing ether compound to be produced epichlorohydrin, epibromohydrin, 2- (2- (2-) It can be synthesized using any of bromoethyl) oxylans.
  • Epoxy compounds may be synthesized by a method of oxidizing unsaturated bonds.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound of this embodiment is a compound represented by the above formula (1). Therefore, when a lubricating layer is formed on the protective layer using a lubricant containing this, the surface of the protective layer is covered with the PFPE chain represented by R3 in the formula ( 1 ), and the magnetic head and the protective layer are covered. The frictional force with and is reduced.
  • the nitrogen atom of the oxime group in R 1 and R 5 and one or more polar groups contained in each of R 2 and R 4 linked to the PFPE chain are contained.
  • the PFPE chain is brought into close contact with the protective layer by the interaction with the protective layer. Therefore, by using the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, the lubricating layer and the protective layer are firmly bonded to each other, and a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be obtained.
  • the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment contains a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1).
  • the lubricant of the present embodiment needs a known material used as a material of the lubricant as long as it does not impair the characteristics due to the inclusion of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1). Depending on the situation, they can be mixed and used.
  • the known material used in combination with the lubricant of the present embodiment preferably has a number average molecular weight of 1000 to 10000.
  • the lubricant of the present embodiment contains another material of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the inclusion of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) in the lubricant of the present embodiment.
  • the amount is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit can be arbitrarily selected, and for example, it may be 99% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less. ..
  • the lubricant of the present embodiment contains the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the surface of the protective layer can be coated with a high coverage even if the thickness is reduced, and the adhesion with the protective layer is improved. An excellent lubricating layer can be formed. More specifically, since the lubricant of the present embodiment contains a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the oxime groups in R 1 and R 5 in the formula (1), and R 2 and R 4 By the interaction between the polar groups contained in one or more of each and the protective layer, a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be formed.
  • the lubricant of the present embodiment contains the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the fluorine-containing ether compound in the lubricant that exists without adhering (adsorbing) to the protective layer can be used. Hard to aggregate. Therefore, in the lubricating layer formed by using the lubricant of the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the fluorine-containing ether compound from aggregating and adhering to the magnetic head as a foreign substance (smear), and the pickup is suppressed.
  • Magnetic recording medium In the magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment, at least a magnetic layer, a protective layer, and a lubricating layer are sequentially provided on a substrate. In the magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment, one layer or two or more base layers can be provided between the substrate and the magnetic layer, if necessary. Further, an adhesive layer and / or a soft magnetic layer may be provided between the base layer and the substrate.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the magnetic recording medium of the present invention.
  • the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has an adhesive layer 12, a soft magnetic layer 13, a first base layer 14, a second base layer 15, a magnetic layer 16, and a protective layer 17 on a substrate 11. It has a structure in which the lubricating layer 18 is sequentially provided.
  • the substrate 11 can be arbitrarily selected.
  • a non-magnetic substrate in which a film made of NiP or a NiP alloy is formed on a substrate made of a metal such as Al or an alloy material such as an Al alloy can be preferably used.
  • a non-magnetic substrate made of a non-metal material such as glass, ceramics, silicon, silicon carbide, carbon, or resin may be used, or a NiP or NiP alloy is further placed on the substrate made of these non-metal materials.
  • a non-magnetic substrate having a film made of the same material may be used.
  • the adhesive layer 12 prevents the progress of corrosion of the substrate 11 that occurs when the substrate 11 and the soft magnetic layer 13 provided on the adhesive layer 12 are arranged in contact with each other.
  • the material of the adhesion layer 12 can be arbitrarily selected, and for example, Cr, Cr alloy, Ti, Ti alloy, CrTi, NiAl, AlRu alloy and the like can be appropriately selected.
  • the adhesive layer 12 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
  • the soft magnetic layer 13 can be arbitrarily selected, and preferably has a structure in which a first soft magnetic film, an intermediate layer made of a Ru film, and a second soft magnetic film are laminated in this order.
  • the soft magnetic layer 13 has a structure in which the upper and lower soft magnetic films of the intermediate layer are bonded by anti-ferro coupling (AFC) by sandwiching an intermediate layer made of a Ru film between the two soft magnetic films. It is preferable to do.
  • AFC anti-ferro coupling
  • the material of the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film examples include CoZrTa alloy and CoFe alloy. It is preferable to add any of Zr, Ta, and Nb to the CoFe alloy used for the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film. As a result, the amorphization of the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film is promoted, the orientation of the first base layer (seed layer) can be improved, and the floating amount of the magnetic head can be increased. It is possible to reduce it.
  • the soft magnetic layer 13 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
  • the first base layer 14 controls the orientation and crystal size of the second base layer 15 and the magnetic layer 16 provided on the first base layer 14.
  • Examples of the first base layer 14 include a Cr layer, a Ta layer, a Ru layer, a CrMo alloy layer, a CoW alloy layer, a CrW alloy layer, a CrV alloy layer, and a CrTi alloy layer.
  • the first base layer 14 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
  • the second base layer 15 is controlled so that the orientation of the magnetic layer 16 is good.
  • the second base layer 15 can be arbitrarily selected, and is preferably a layer made of Ru or a Ru alloy.
  • the second base layer 15 may be a layer composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. When the second base layer 15 is composed of a plurality of layers, all the layers may be made of the same material, or at least one layer may be made of a different material.
  • the second base layer 15 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
  • the magnetic layer 16 is made of a magnetic film whose axis for easy magnetization is perpendicular or horizontal to the substrate surface.
  • the magnetic layer 16 can be arbitrarily selected, and is preferably a layer containing Co and Pt.
  • the magnetic layer 16 may be a layer containing an oxide, Cr, B, Cu, Ta, Zr, etc. in order to further improve the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) property.
  • the oxide contained in the magnetic layer 16 include SiO 2 , SiO, Cr 2 O 3 , CoO, Ta 2 O 3 , TIO 2 and the like.
  • the magnetic layer 16 may be composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of magnetic layers made of materials having different compositions.
  • the first magnetic layer contains Co, Cr, and Pt, and is further oxidized. It is preferable to have a granular structure made of a material containing an object.
  • the oxide contained in the first magnetic layer for example, it is preferable to use an oxide such as Cr, Si, Ta, Al, Ti, Mg, Co. Among them, in particular, TiO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 , SiO 2 , and the like can be preferably used.
  • the first magnetic layer is preferably made of a composite oxide to which two or more kinds of oxides are added.
  • a composite oxide to which two or more kinds of oxides are added.
  • Cr 2 O 3 -SiO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 -TiO 2 , SiO 2 -TiO 2 , and the like can be preferably used.
  • the first magnetic layer is one or more types selected from B, Ta, Mo, Cu, Nd, W, Nb, Sm, Tb, Ru, and Re, in addition to Co, Cr, Pt, and oxides. Can contain elements.
  • the same material as the first magnetic layer can be used for the second magnetic layer.
  • the second magnetic layer preferably has a granular structure.
  • the third magnetic layer preferably has a non-granular structure made of a material containing Co, Cr and Pt and not containing oxides.
  • the third magnetic layer contains one or more elements selected from B, Ta, Mo, Cu, Nd, W, Nb, Sm, Tb, Ru, Re, and Mn. be able to.
  • the magnetic layer 16 When the magnetic layer 16 is formed of a plurality of magnetic layers, it is preferable to provide a non-magnetic layer between adjacent magnetic layers.
  • the magnetic layer 16 When the magnetic layer 16 is composed of three layers of a first magnetic layer, a second magnetic layer, and a third magnetic layer, between the first magnetic layer and the second magnetic layer, and between the second magnetic layer and the third magnetic layer. It is preferable to provide a non-magnetic layer between the two.
  • the non-magnetic layer provided between the adjacent magnetic layers of the magnetic layer 16 is, for example, Ru, Ru alloy, CoCr alloy, CoCrX1 alloy (X1 is Pt, Ta, Zr, Re, Ru, Cu, Nb, Ni, Mn, One or more elements selected from Ge, Si, O, N, W, Mo, Ti, V, and B) and the like can be preferably used.
  • an alloy material containing an oxide, a metal nitride, or a metal carbide for the non-magnetic layer provided between the adjacent magnetic layers of the magnetic layer 16.
  • the oxide for example, SiO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , Ta 2 O 5 , Cr 2 O 3 , MgO, Y 2 O 3 , TIO 2 and the like can be used.
  • the metal nitride for example, AlN, Si 3N 4 , TaN, CrN and the like can be used.
  • the metal carbide for example, TaC, BC, SiC and the like can be used.
  • the non-magnetic layer can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
  • the magnetic layer 16 is preferably a magnetic layer for perpendicular magnetic recording in which the axis of easy magnetization is oriented perpendicular to the substrate surface in order to realize a higher recording density.
  • the magnetic layer 16 may be a magnetic layer for in-plane magnetic recording.
  • the magnetic layer 16 may be formed by any conventionally known method such as a vapor deposition method, an ion beam sputtering method, a magnetron sputtering method, or the like.
  • the magnetic layer 16 is usually formed by a sputtering method.
  • the protective layer 17 protects the magnetic layer 16.
  • the protective layer 17 may be composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. Examples of the material of the protective layer 17 include carbon, carbon containing nitrogen, silicon carbide and the like.
  • a carbon-based protective layer can be preferably used, and an amorphous carbon protective layer is particularly preferable.
  • the protective layer 17 is a carbon-based protective layer, the interaction with the polar groups (particularly hydroxyl groups) contained in the fluorine-containing ether compound in the lubricating layer 18 is further enhanced, which is preferable.
  • the adhesive force between the carbon-based protective layer and the lubricating layer 18 is determined by adjusting the hydrogen content and / or nitrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer by using the carbon-based protective layer as carbon hydride and / or carbon dioxide. It is controllable.
  • the hydrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer is preferably 3 to 20 atomic% as measured by the hydrogen forward scattering method (HFS).
  • the nitrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer is preferably 4 to 15 atomic% when measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).
  • the carbon-based protective layer is preferably, for example, a composition gradient layer in which nitrogen is contained on the lubricating layer 18 side of the protective layer 17 and hydrogen is contained on the magnetic layer 16 side of the protective layer 17. In this case, the adhesive force between the magnetic layer 16 and the lubricating layer 18 and the carbon-based protective layer is further improved.
  • the film thickness of the protective layer 17 is preferably 1 nm to 7 nm. When the film thickness of the protective layer 17 is 1 nm or more, the performance as the protective layer 17 can be sufficiently obtained. When the film thickness of the protective layer 17 is 7 nm or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of thinning the protective layer 17.
  • a sputtering method using a target material containing carbon a sputtering method using a target material containing carbon, a CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method using a hydrocarbon raw material such as ethylene or toluene, an IBD (ion beam vapor deposition) method, or the like can be used.
  • a carbon-based protective layer is formed as the protective layer 17
  • the film can be formed by, for example, a DC magnetron sputtering method.
  • a carbon-based protective layer it is preferable to form an amorphous carbon protective layer by a plasma CVD method.
  • the amorphous carbon protective layer formed by the plasma CVD method has a uniform surface and a small roughness.
  • the lubricating layer 18 prevents contamination of the magnetic recording medium 10. Further, the lubricating layer 18 reduces the frictional force of the magnetic head of the magnetic recording / reproducing device sliding on the magnetic recording medium 10 to improve the durability of the magnetic recording medium 10. As shown in FIG. 1, the lubricating layer 18 is formed in contact with the protective layer 17. The lubricating layer 18 contains the above-mentioned fluorine-containing ether compound.
  • the lubricating layer 18 is bonded to the protective layer 17 with a high bonding force, especially when the protective layer 17 arranged under the lubricating layer 18 is a carbon-based protective layer. As a result, even if the thickness of the lubricating layer 18 is thin, it is easy to obtain a magnetic recording medium 10 in which the surface of the protective layer 17 is covered with a high coverage, and it is possible to effectively prevent contamination of the surface of the magnetic recording medium 10.
  • the average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 can be arbitrarily selected, preferably 0.5 nm (5 ⁇ ) to 2.0 nm (20 ⁇ ), and preferably 0.5 nm (5 ⁇ ) to 1.0 nm (10 ⁇ ). More preferred.
  • the average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 is 0.5 nm or more, the lubricating layer 18 is formed with a uniform film thickness without forming an island shape or a mesh shape. Therefore, the surface of the protective layer 17 can be covered with a high coverage by the lubricating layer 18. Further, by setting the average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 to 2.0 nm or less, the lubricating layer 18 can be sufficiently thinned, and the floating amount of the magnetic head can be sufficiently reduced.
  • the environmental substances adsorbed on the surface of the magnetic recording medium 10 pass through the gaps of the lubricating layer 18 and become the lower layer of the lubricating layer 18. invade.
  • Environmental substances that have entered the lower layer of the lubricating layer 18 are adsorbed and bonded to the protective layer 17 to generate contaminants. Then, during magnetic recording / reproduction, this contaminant (aggregate component) adheres (transfers) to the magnetic head as a smear, damaging the magnetic head or deteriorating the magnetic recording / reproducing characteristics of the magnetic recording / reproducing device. ..
  • Examples of environmental substances that generate contaminants include siloxane compounds (cyclic siloxanes, linear siloxanes), ionic impurities, hydrocarbons with relatively high molecular weight such as octacosan, and plasticizers such as dioctyl phthalate.
  • Examples of the metal ion contained in the ionic impurities include sodium ion and potassium ion.
  • Examples of the inorganic ions contained in the ionic impurities include chloride ions, bromine ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, and ammonium ions.
  • Examples of the organic ion contained in the ionic impurities include oxalate ion and formic acid ion.
  • Method of forming a lubricating layer As a method for forming the lubricating layer 18, for example, a magnetic recording medium in the middle of manufacturing in which each layer up to the protective layer 17 is formed on the substrate 11 is prepared, and a solution for forming the lubricating layer is applied on the protective layer 17. Examples include a method of drying.
  • the lubricating layer forming solution is obtained by dissolving and dissolving the lubricant for the magnetic recording medium of the above-described embodiment in a solvent, if necessary, to obtain a viscosity and concentration suitable for the coating method.
  • a solvent if necessary, to obtain a viscosity and concentration suitable for the coating method.
  • the solvent used for the solution for forming the lubricating layer include fluorine-based solvents such as Bertrel (registered trademark) XF (trade name, manufactured by Mitsui DuPont Fluorochemical Co., Ltd.).
  • the method for applying the solution for forming the lubricating layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spin coating method, a spray method, a paper coating method, and a dip method.
  • the dip method for example, the method shown below can be used.
  • the substrate 11 on which each layer up to the protective layer 17 is formed is immersed in the lubricating layer forming solution contained in the dipping tank of the dip coating device.
  • the substrate 11 is pulled up from the immersion tank at a predetermined speed.
  • the lubricating layer forming solution is applied to the surface of the substrate 11 on the protective layer 17.
  • the solution for forming the lubricating layer can be uniformly applied to the surface of the protective layer 17, and the lubricating layer 18 can be formed on the protective layer 17 with a uniform film thickness.
  • the heat treatment temperature is preferably 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the heat treatment time is preferably 10 to 120 minutes.
  • the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment at least a magnetic layer 16, a protective layer 17, and a lubricating layer 18 are sequentially provided on a substrate 11.
  • the lubricating layer 18 containing the above-mentioned fluorine-containing ether compound is formed in contact with the protective layer 17.
  • the lubricating layer 18 has good adhesion to the protective layer 17, and can cover the surface of the protective layer 17 with a high coverage even if the thickness is thin. Therefore, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has a lubricating layer 18 in which spin-off is unlikely to occur.
  • the surface of the protective layer 17 is covered with a high coverage by the lubricating layer 18 having good adhesion to the protective layer 17. Therefore, environmental substances that generate contaminants such as ionic impurities are prevented from entering through the gaps in the lubricating layer 18. Therefore, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has a small amount of contaminants present on the surface. Further, the lubricating layer 18 in the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment is less likely to generate foreign matter (smear) and can suppress pickup. From the above, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has excellent reliability and durability.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (15) was synthesized by the method shown below.
  • the hydroxy group on one side of ethylene glycol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound.
  • the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH in the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.
  • the organic layer was washed in the order of 100 mL of saline solution, 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and 100 mL of saline solution, and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtering out the drying agent (anhydrous sodium sulfate), the filtrate is concentrated, and the residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography.
  • the compound represented by the formula (A) (ma showing the average degree of polymerization in the formula (A)) Is 4.5, and na indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 12.6 g.
  • Example 2 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 10.1 g of the compound represented by the following formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (B) was used.
  • mb indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nb indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 was obtained in an amount of 12.9 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (18) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (17) was synthesized by the method shown below. The hydroxy group on one side of 1,3-propanediol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. Then, the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 3 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 10.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (20) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (C) was used.
  • mc indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nc indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 was obtained in 13.2 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (20) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (19) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (19) was synthesized by the method shown below. The hydroxy group on one side of 1,4-butanediol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. Then, the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 4 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 8.9 g of the compound represented by the following formula (22) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (D) was used.
  • md indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • nd indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • the compound represented by the formula (22) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (21) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (21) is synthesized by reacting a compound obtained by oxidizing Solketal with dess-Martin peryodinan in dichloromethane in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate. did.
  • Example 5 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 9.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (24) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (E) was used.
  • me indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • ne indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • the compound represented by the formula (24) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (23) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (23) is a compound obtained by oxidizing (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-5-yl) methanol in dichloromethane using Dess-Martin peryodinane. It was synthesized by reacting hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 6 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 9.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (26) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (F) was used. (In the formula (F), mf indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nf indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (26) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (25) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (25) is a compound obtained by oxidizing (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4-yl) methanol in dichloromethane using Dess-Martin peryodinane. It was synthesized by reacting hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 7 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 14.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (28) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (G) was used.
  • mg indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ng indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 was obtained in 13.2 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (28) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (27) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (27) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,3-dihydroxyacetone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 8 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (30) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (H) was used. (In the formula (H), mh indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nh indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.8 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (30) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (29) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (29) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,5-dihydroxy-3-pentanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 9 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.1 g of the compound represented by the following formula (32) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (I) was used.
  • mi indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • ni indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • the compound represented by the formula (32) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (31) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,4-dihydroxy-2-butanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 10 The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (34) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (J) was used.
  • mj indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • nj indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5
  • the compound represented by the formula (34) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (33) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (33) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,5-dihydroxy-2-pentanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 11 The same procedure as in Example 2 was carried out except that 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane was used instead of epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (K) (mean among the formulas (K)) was averaged.
  • the mk indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nk indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).
  • Example 12 The same procedure as in Example 2 was carried out except that 2- (3-bromopropyl) oxylane was used instead of epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (L) (in the formula (L)), The ml indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nl indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
  • Example 13 The same operation as in Example 2 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (35) was used instead of the epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (M) (mean in the formula (M)).
  • the mm indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nm indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 15.0 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (35) was synthesized by oxidizing the double bond of allyl ether.
  • Example 14 The same operation as in Example 2 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (36) was used instead of the epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (N) (mean in the formula (N)). The mn indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nn indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).) was obtained in an amount of 15.6 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (36) was synthesized by oxidizing the double bond of 3-butenyl ether.
  • Example 15 The compound represented by the above formula (O) was produced by the method shown below. In a nitrogen gas atmosphere, in a 100 mL eggplant flask, HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5. 20.0 g of a fluoropolyether (number average molecular weight 1000, molecular weight distribution 1.1) represented by (n is 4.5) indicating an average degree of polymerization and 3.65 g of a compound represented by the following formula (37). And 12 mL of t-butanol were charged and stirred at room temperature until uniform. Further, 0.674 g of potassium tert-butoxide was added to this uniform liquid, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at 70 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a reaction product.
  • a fluoropolyether number average molecular weight 1000, molecular weight distribution 1.1
  • reaction product was cooled to 25 ° C., transferred to a separating funnel containing 100 mL of water, and extracted three times using 100 mL of ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was washed with water and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 10.4 g of the compound represented by the following formula (38) as an intermediate.
  • the compound represented by the formula (37) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with the compound represented by the formula (35).
  • the obtained reaction product was cooled to 25 ° C., 33 g of a 10% hydrogen chloride / methanol solution (hydrogen chloride-methanol reagent (5-10%) manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. ..
  • the reaction solution was gradually transferred to a separating funnel containing 100 mL of saline solution, and extracted three times using 200 mL of ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was washed in the order of 100 mL of saline solution, 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and 100 mL of saline solution, and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Example 16 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (16) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (41) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (41) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (18). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (P) (in the formula (P), the mp showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The np indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.47 g.
  • Example 17 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (42) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (42) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (20). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mq indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (Q) (in the formula (Q)), the average polymerization was carried out. The nq indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.57 g.
  • Example 18 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (22) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (43) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (43) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (24).
  • the same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (R) (in the formula (R), mr indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The nr indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.68 g.
  • Example 19 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (26) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (44) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (44) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (32). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the above compound (S) was used. In the compound represented by the above formula (S), ms indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The ns indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.68 g.
  • Example 20 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (47) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (45) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (47) was synthesized by the method shown below.
  • the compound represented by the formula (46) was synthesized by reacting 1,3-dioxepan-5-carbaldehyde with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution. Then, the compound represented by the formula (46) was reacted with epibromohydrin to synthesize the compound represented by the formula (47).
  • Example 15 the compound represented by the formula (45) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (28).
  • the same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (T) (in the formula (T), the mt showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average degree of polymerization was set to 4.5. The indicated nt is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.78 g.
  • Example 21 The same operation as in Example 20 was carried out to obtain a compound represented by the following formula (48), which is the same as the compound represented by the formula (45) as an intermediate. Then, the same operation as in Example 20 except that the compound represented by the formula (48) was used as an intermediate and the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (28). Was carried out to obtain 4.68 g of the compound represented by the above formula (U) (in the formula (U), mu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5). ..
  • Example 22 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (50) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (49) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (50) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane.
  • Example 15 the same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mv indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (V) (in the formula (V)), the average polymerization was carried out.
  • the nv indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.62 g.
  • Example 23 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (52) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (51) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (52) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (15) with 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was replaced by the following formula (53).
  • the same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the indicated compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (W) (in the formula (W), mw indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, which was an average. The nw indicating the degree of polymerization is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.77 g.
  • the compound represented by the formula (53) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (46) with 2- (3-bromopropyl) oxylane.
  • Example 24 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (50) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (54) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (54) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (47). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (X) (in the formula (X), mx indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average degree of polymerization was set to 4.5. The indicated nx is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 4.73 g.
  • Example 25 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out to obtain a compound represented by the formula (55), which is the same as the compound represented by the formula (38) as an intermediate. Then, the same operation as in Example 15 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (40), and the compound represented by the above formula (Y) (formula). In (Y), my indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and ny indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).) was obtained in an amount of 4.78 g.
  • Example 26 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (57) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (56) as an intermediate. rice field.
  • the compound represented by the formula (57) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (36) with the compound represented by the formula (17).
  • Example 15 the compound represented by the formula (56) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (37).
  • the same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mz indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (Z) (in the formula (Z)), the average polymerization was carried out.
  • the nz indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 5.09 g.
  • Example 27 The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (58) as an intermediate. rice field. Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (58) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (32). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (AA) (in the formula (AA), mA showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The nA indicating the degree is 4.5.) was obtained in an amount of 5.09 g.
  • Example 28 The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (60) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (59) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (60) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (61) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (61) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (3-Butene-1-iroxy) -1-propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound.
  • the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 24 the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (59) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AB) was used. 4.89 g of the compound (in the formula (AB), mB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained.
  • Example 29 The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (63) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (62) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (63) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (64) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (64) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3-Butoxypropanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. The obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 24 the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (62) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AC) was used. 4.87 g of the compound (mC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 in the formula (AC)) was obtained.
  • Example 30 The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (66) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (65) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (66) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (67) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (67) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (2-Propinyloxy) propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound.
  • the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 24 the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (65) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AD) was used. 4.80 g of the compound (mD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 in the formula (AD)) was obtained.
  • Example 31 The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (69) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (68) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
  • the compound represented by the formula (69) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (70) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
  • the compound represented by the formula (70) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (4-Methoxyphenoxy) propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound.
  • the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
  • Example 24 the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (68) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AE) was used.
  • AE the compound represented by the above formula (AE)
  • mE indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5
  • nE indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5
  • Example 32 HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) w CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, w indicating the average degree of polymerization is 7.0) instead of the fluoropolyether represented by 5).
  • the same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by the above formula (AF) was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (AF) was passed through the compound represented by the formula (71) as an intermediate. In the formula (AF), w indicating the average degree of polymerization is 7.0) was obtained in an amount of 4.59 g.
  • Example 34 HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) y CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, The same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by (3), which indicates the average degree of polymerization, was used, and the compound represented by the formula (73) was used as an intermediate. Then, 4.71 g of the compound represented by the above formula (AH) (in the formula (AH), y showing the average degree of polymerization is 3.0) was obtained.
  • Example 35 HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.
  • the same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by (z) was 4.5, and the compound represented by the formula (74) was passed as an intermediate to the above formula (z). 4.71 g of the compound represented by AI) (in the formula (AI), z indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained.
  • Table 1 shows the structure of R1 (X, Y in the formula (2)) when the compounds of Examples 1 to 35 thus obtained are applied to the formula (1). Further, the structure of R 2 when applied to the formula (1) (a in [A] in the formula (3), b, c in [B], d, e in [C]), the structure of R 3 The structure of R4 (a in [A], b, c in [B], d, e in [C]) in the formula (3) is shown in Table 2. Table 3 shows the total number of the structures of R5 ( X, Y in the formula (2)) and the hydroxyl groups [-OH] contained in the molecule when applied to the formula (1).
  • Comparative Example 4" The compound represented by the following formula (AM) was synthesized by the method described in Patent Document 3. That is, the compound represented by the formula (33) described in Patent Document 3 is HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, the average degree of polymerization is determined. The indicated m is 4.5, and the n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5).
  • Table 4 shows the number average molecular weights (Mn) of the compounds of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 thus obtained.
  • a solution for forming a lubricating layer was prepared using the compounds obtained in Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 by the methods shown below. Then, using the obtained lubricating layer forming solution, the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording medium was formed by the method shown below, and the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were obtained.
  • Magnetic recording medium A magnetic recording medium in which an adhesive layer, a soft magnetic layer, a first base layer, a second base layer, a magnetic layer, and a protective layer are sequentially provided on a substrate having a diameter of 65 mm was prepared.
  • the protective layer was made of carbon.
  • the solutions for forming a lubricating layer of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were applied onto the protective layer of the magnetic recording medium on which each layer up to the protective layer was formed by a dip method. The dipping method was performed under the conditions of a dipping speed of 10 mm / sec, a dipping time of 30 sec, and a pulling speed of 1.2 mm / sec.
  • the magnetic recording medium coated with the solution for forming the lubricating layer is placed in a constant temperature bath at 120 ° C. and heated for 10 minutes to remove the solvent in the solution for forming the lubricating layer to form the lubricating layer on the protective layer. Then, a magnetic recording medium was obtained.
  • the film thickness of the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 thus obtained was measured by using FT-IR (trade name: Nicolet iS50, Thermo Fisher Scientific). It was measured. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • the magnetic recording medium on which the lubricating layer was formed was washed by immersing it in the solvent Bartrel XF for 10 minutes and pulling it up.
  • the speed at which the magnetic recording medium was immersed in the solvent was 10 mm / sec, and the speed at which the magnetic recording medium was pulled up was 1.2 mm / sec.
  • the film thickness of the lubricating layer was measured by the same method as the film thickness measurement of the lubricating layer performed before cleaning.
  • the thickness of the lubricating layer before cleaning is ⁇
  • the thickness of the lubricating layer after cleaning is ⁇
  • the ratio of ⁇ to ⁇ (( ⁇ / ⁇ ) ⁇ 100 (%)).
  • the bond rate (bond rate) of the lubricant was calculated.
  • the bond ratio can be used as an index showing the bonding force between the lubricating layer and the protective layer. If the adhesion between the lubricating layer and the protective layer is poor, a part of the fluorine-containing ether compound contained in the lubricating layer is dissolved into Bertrel XF and washed away. Therefore, the film thickness of the lubricating layer after cleaning becomes small, and the bond ratio decreases.
  • the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a higher bond ratio and better adhesion between the lubricating layer and the protective layer than the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4. rice field. Further, as shown in Table 4, the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a smaller signal intensity derived from fluorine obtained by ESCA analysis than the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4, and the pickup can be used. It became clear that it was suppressed. Further, as shown in Table 4, it is clear that the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a smaller film thickness reduction rate and suppress spin-off as compared with the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4. Became.
  • the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the lubricating layer is represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group at both ends. It is presumed that this is because it has a terminal group and a linking group containing a polar group (hydroxyl group) is arranged between both terminal groups and the perfluoropolyether chain.
  • the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention it is possible to form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin. That is, according to the present invention, there is provided a fluorine-containing ether compound that has excellent adhesion even if it is thin, can form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur, and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium. can.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Lubricants (AREA)
  • Magnetic Record Carriers (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the following formula. R1-R2-CH2-R3-CH2-R4-R5 (R1 and R5 each represent a terminal group represented by formula (2) and including an oxime group, R2 and R4 each represent a divalent linkage group having a polar group, and R3 represents a perfluoropolyether chain.)

Description

含フッ素エーテル化合物、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤および磁気記録媒体Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium and magnetic recording medium
 本発明は、含フッ素エーテル化合物、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤および磁気記録媒体に関する。
 本願は、2020年12月25日に、日本に出願された特願2020-216497号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a fluorine-containing ether compound, a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium, and a magnetic recording medium.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-216497 filed in Japan on December 25, 2020, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 磁気記録再生装置の記録密度を向上させるために、高記録密度に適した磁気記録媒体の開発が進められている。
 従来、磁気記録媒体として、基板上に記録層を形成し、記録層上にカーボン等の保護層を形成したものがある。保護層は、記録層に記録された情報を保護するとともに、磁気ヘッドの摺動性を高める。しかし、記録層上に保護層を設けただけでは、磁気記録媒体の耐久性は十分に得られない。このため、一般に、保護層の表面に潤滑剤を塗布して潤滑層を形成している。
In order to improve the recording density of the magnetic recording / playback device, the development of a magnetic recording medium suitable for a high recording density is underway.
Conventionally, as a magnetic recording medium, there is a magnetic recording medium in which a recording layer is formed on a substrate and a protective layer such as carbon is formed on the recording layer. The protective layer protects the information recorded on the recording layer and enhances the slidability of the magnetic head. However, the durability of the magnetic recording medium cannot be sufficiently obtained only by providing the protective layer on the recording layer. Therefore, in general, a lubricant is applied to the surface of the protective layer to form the lubricating layer.
 磁気記録媒体の潤滑層を形成する際に用いられる潤滑剤としては、例えば、CFを含む繰り返し構造を有するフッ素系のポリマーの末端に、水酸基、アミノ基、イミノ基、イソシアネート基などの極性基を有する化合物を含有するものが提案されている。
 例えば、特許文献1には、分子末端にオキシム基を含む末端基を有する含フッ素エステル化合物が開示されている。
Examples of the lubricant used when forming the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording medium include polar groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, an imino group, and an isocyanate group at the end of a fluorine-based polymer having a repeating structure containing CF 2 . Those containing a compound having the above have been proposed.
For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a fluorine-containing ester compound having a terminal group containing an oxime group at the molecular terminal.
 特許文献2には、フッ素系有機化合物からなる保護膜層の表面に、活性化処理層を形成し、その上に、累積二重結合を有する化合物からなる潤滑層を設けることが記載されている。特許文献2には、水酸基、アミノ基、イミノ基のうちより選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を導入することによって活性化処理層を形成することが記載されている。また、特許文献2には、上記導入基と重付加反応を起こす活性部分である累積二重結合を有する化合物としてイソシアネートが記載されている。 Patent Document 2 describes that an activation-treated layer is formed on the surface of a protective film layer made of a fluorine-based organic compound, and a lubricating layer made of a compound having a cumulative double bond is provided on the activation-treated layer. .. Patent Document 2 describes that an activation-treated layer is formed by introducing at least one group selected from a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an imino group. Further, Patent Document 2 describes isocyanate as a compound having a cumulative double bond, which is an active moiety that causes a double addition reaction with the above-mentioned introduction group.
 また、特許文献3には、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖と、両末端基との間にそれぞれ、エーテル結合(-O-)とメチレン基(-CH-)と1つの水素原子が水酸基で置換されたメチレン基(-CH(OH)-)とを組み合わせた連結基を配置した含フッ素エーテル化合物が開示されている。 Further, in Patent Document 3, an ether bond (-O-), a methylene group ( -CH2- ) and one hydrogen atom are substituted with hydroxyl groups between the perfluoropolyether chain and both terminal groups, respectively. A fluorine-containing ether compound in which a linking group in combination with a methylene group (-CH (OH)-) is arranged is disclosed.
特開2005-263746号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-263746 特公平7-99576号公報Special Fair 7-99576 Gazette 国際公開第2019/054148号International Publication No. 2019/054148
 磁気記録再生装置においては、より一層、磁気ヘッドの浮上量を小さくすることが要求されている。このため、磁気記録媒体における潤滑層の厚みを、より薄くすることが求められている。
 しかし、潤滑層の厚みを薄くすると、潤滑層を構成している化合物の分子数が減少し、潤滑層の磁気記録媒体に対する密着性が低下する傾向がある。
In the magnetic recording / reproducing device, it is required to further reduce the floating amount of the magnetic head. Therefore, it is required to make the thickness of the lubricating layer in the magnetic recording medium thinner.
However, when the thickness of the lubricating layer is reduced, the number of molecules of the compound constituting the lubricating layer is reduced, and the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the magnetic recording medium tends to be lowered.
 また、磁気記録再生装置においては、磁気記録媒体の大容量化に向けて、磁気記録媒体の回転速度が高速化している。それに伴って、潤滑層のスピンオフが生じやすくなっている。スピンオフとは、磁気記録媒体の回転に伴う遠心力および発熱によって、潤滑剤が飛散したり蒸発したりする現象である。潤滑層の磁気記録媒体に対する密着性が不十分であると、スピンオフが発生しやすくなる。 Further, in the magnetic recording / playback device, the rotation speed of the magnetic recording medium is increasing in order to increase the capacity of the magnetic recording medium. Along with this, spin-off of the lubricating layer is likely to occur. Spin-off is a phenomenon in which the lubricant scatters or evaporates due to centrifugal force and heat generated by the rotation of the magnetic recording medium. If the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the magnetic recording medium is insufficient, spin-off is likely to occur.
 潤滑層の磁気記録媒体に対する密着性を向上させる方法としては、潤滑層に含まれる化合物として、分子中に極性基を多く含む含フッ素エーテル化合物を用いることが考えられる。しかし、含フッ素エーテル化合物中に含まれる極性基の数を多くすると、これを含む潤滑層中の含フッ素エーテル化合物が、異物(スメア)として磁気ヘッドに付着するピックアップが発生しやすくなる。 As a method for improving the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the magnetic recording medium, it is conceivable to use a fluorine-containing ether compound containing many polar groups in the molecule as the compound contained in the lubricating layer. However, if the number of polar groups contained in the fluorine-containing ether compound is increased, the fluorine-containing ether compound in the lubricating layer containing the polar groups tends to be picked up as foreign matter (smear) attached to the magnetic head.
 本発明は、上記事情を鑑みてなされたものであり、厚みが薄くても優れた密着性を有し、ピックアップおよびスピンオフの生じにくい潤滑層を形成でき、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤の材料として好適に用いることができる含フッ素エーテル化合物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤を提供することを目的とする。
 また、本発明は、本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層を有する優れた信頼性および耐久性を有する磁気記録媒体を提供することを目的とする。
The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, has excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin, can form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur, and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium. It is an object of the present invention to provide a fluorine-containing ether compound that can be used in the above.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a magnetic recording medium having an excellent reliability and durability having a lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決するために鋭意研究を重ねた。
 その結果、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖の両端にそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基を介して、オキシム基を含む特定の末端基が結合された含フッ素エーテル化合物を用いればよいことを見出し、本発明を想到した。
 すなわち、本発明は以下の事項に関する。
 本発明の第一の態様は、以下の含フッ素エーテル化合物を提供する。
The present inventor has conducted extensive research to solve the above problems.
As a result, they found that a fluorine-containing ether compound in which a specific terminal group including an oxime group is bonded via a divalent linking group having a polar group at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain may be used. I came up with the present invention.
That is, the present invention relates to the following matters.
The first aspect of the present invention provides the following fluorine-containing ether compounds.
[1] 下記式(1)で表されることを特徴とする含フッ素エーテル化合物。
 R-R-CH-R-CH-R-R   (1)
(式(1)中、RおよびRはそれぞれ、オキシム基を含む下記式(2)で表される末端基である;RおよびRはそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基である;Rは、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖である。)
[1] A fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the following formula (1).
R 1 -R 2 -CH 2 -R 3 -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 (1)
(In formula (1), R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the following formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively; R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. R 3 is a perfluoropolyether chain.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(式(2)中、XおよびYはそれぞれ、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基のいずれかである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

(In the formula (2), X and Y are either a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.)
 本発明の第一の態様の前記含フッ素エーテル化合物は、以下の[2]~[10]に記載される特徴を有することが好ましい。以下の[2]~[10]に記載される特徴は、2つ以上を任意に組み合わせることも好ましい。
[2] 分子中に含まれる水酸基の数が8以下である、[1]に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
[3] 分子中に含まれる水酸基の数が6以下である、[1]に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
The fluorine-containing ether compound according to the first aspect of the present invention preferably has the characteristics described in the following [2] to [10]. It is also preferable to arbitrarily combine two or more of the features described in the following [2] to [10].
[2] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to [1], wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 8 or less.
[3] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to [1], wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 6 or less.
[4] 前記Rおよび前記Rに含まれる極性基が水酸基である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 [4] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the polar group contained in R 2 and R 4 is a hydroxyl group.
[5] 前記R-CH-R-および前記R-CH-R-が、下記式(3)で表される、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
 R-CH-[A]-[B]-[C]- (3)
(式(3)中、[A]は下記式(4)で表され、[B]は下記式(5)で表され、[C]は下記式(6)で表される;式(3)において[A]、[B]、[C]の並び順は入れ替えてもよい;式(4)~(6)におけるエーテル結合側が、式(3)中のCH側である。)
[5] The inclusion of any of [1] to [4], wherein the R 3 -CH 2 -R 2- and the R 3 -CH 2 -R 4- are represented by the following formula (3). Fluorine ether compound.
R 3 -CH 2- [A]-[B]-[C]-(3)
(In the formula (3), [A] is represented by the following formula (4), [B] is represented by the following formula (5), and [C] is represented by the following formula (6); ), The order of [A], [B], and [C] may be changed; the ether bond side in the formulas (4) to (6) is the CH 2 side in the formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(式(4)中、aは0~3の整数である;式(5)中、bは0~3の整数であり、cは1~4の整数である;式(6)中、dは0~3の整数であり、eは1~4の整数である;ただし、a、b、dの少なくとも1つは1以上である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

(In equation (4), a is an integer of 0 to 3; in equation (5), b is an integer of 0 to 3 and c is an integer of 1 to 4; in equation (6), d. Is an integer of 0 to 3 and e is an integer of 1 to 4; however, at least one of a, b, and d is 1 or more.)
[6] 前記Rおよび前記Rの少なくとも一方における、式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、水酸基を有するアルキル基である、[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 [6] The inclusion according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group. Fluorine ether compound.
[7] 前記Rが、下記式(7)~(11)のいずれかで表される、[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
-CFO-(CFCFO)-(CFO)-CF- (7)
(式(7)中のm、nは平均重合度を示し、それぞれ0.1~30を表す。)
-CFO-(CFCFO)-CF- (8)
(式(8)中のwは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CFCFO-(CFCFCFO)-CFCF- (9)
(式(9)中のxは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CFCFCFO-(CFCFCFCFO)-CFCFCF- (10)
(式(10)中のyは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CF(CF)-(OCF(CF)CF-OCF(CF)- (11)
(式(11)中のzは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
[7] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein R 3 is represented by any of the following formulas (7) to (11).
-CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) m- (CF 2 O) n -CF 2- (7)
(M and n in the formula (7) indicate the average degree of polymerization, and each represents 0.1 to 30.)
-CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) w -CF 2- (8)
(W in the formula (8) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
-CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) x -CF 2 CF 2- (9)
(X in the formula (9) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
-CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) y -CF 2 CF 2 CF 2- (10)
(Y in the formula (10) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
-CF (CF 3 )-(OCF (CF 3 ) CF 2 ) z -OCF (CF 3 )-(11)
(Z in the formula (11) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
[8] 前記Rと前記Rが同じである、[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
[9] 前記Rと前記Rが同じである、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
[10] 数平均分子量が500~10000の範囲内である、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
[8] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein R 1 and R 5 are the same.
[9] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein R 2 and R 4 are the same.
[10] The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the number average molecular weight is in the range of 500 to 10000.
 本発明の第二の態様は、以下の磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤を提供する。
[11] [1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むことを特徴とする磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤。
 本発明の第三の態様は、以下の磁気記録媒体を提供する。
[12] 基板上に、少なくとも磁性層と、保護層と、潤滑層とが順次設けられた磁気記録媒体であって、
 前記潤滑層が、[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むことを特徴とする磁気記録媒体。
 本発明の第三の態様の磁気記録媒体は、以下の[13]に記載される特徴を有することが好ましい。
[13] 前記潤滑層の平均膜厚が、0.5nm~2.0nmである、[12]に記載の磁気記録媒体。
A second aspect of the present invention provides the following lubricants for magnetic recording media.
[11] A lubricant for a magnetic recording medium, which comprises the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [10].
A third aspect of the present invention provides the following magnetic recording medium.
[12] A magnetic recording medium in which at least a magnetic layer, a protective layer, and a lubricating layer are sequentially provided on a substrate.
A magnetic recording medium, wherein the lubricating layer contains the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of [1] to [10].
The magnetic recording medium of the third aspect of the present invention preferably has the characteristics described in the following [13].
[13] The magnetic recording medium according to [12], wherein the lubricating layer has an average film thickness of 0.5 nm to 2.0 nm.
 本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、上記式(1)で表される化合物であり、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤の材料として好適である。
 本発明の磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤は、本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むため、厚みが薄くても、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる。
 本発明の磁気記録媒体は、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層が設けられているため、優れた信頼性および耐久性を有する。
The fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the above formula (1) and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium.
Since the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium of the present invention contains the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention, it is possible to form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin.
Since the magnetic recording medium of the present invention is provided with a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion, it has excellent reliability and durability.
本発明の磁気記録媒体の好ましい一実施形態を示した概略断面図である。It is the schematic sectional drawing which showed the preferable embodiment of the magnetic recording medium of this invention.
 以下、本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤(以下、「潤滑剤」と略記する場合がある。)および磁気記録媒体について詳細に説明する。なお、本発明は、以下に示す実施形態のみに限定されるものではない。本発明は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲で、数、量、比率、材料、構成等について、付加、省略、置換、変更が可能である。 Hereinafter, the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention, the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “lubricant”), and the magnetic recording medium will be described in detail. The present invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below. The present invention can be added, omitted, replaced, or changed in terms of number, quantity, ratio, material, composition, etc., without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
[含フッ素エーテル化合物]
 本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、下記式(1)で表される。
 R-R-CH-R-CH-R-R   (1)
(式(1)中、RおよびRはそれぞれ、オキシム基を含む下記式(2)で表される末端基である;RおよびRはそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基である;Rは、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖である。)
[Fluorine-containing ether compound]
The fluorine-containing ether compound of this embodiment is represented by the following formula (1).
R 1 -R 2 -CH 2 -R 3 -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 (1)
(In formula (1), R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the following formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively; R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. R 3 is a perfluoropolyether chain.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(式(2)中、XおよびYはそれぞれ、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基のいずれかである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

(In the formula (2), X and Y are either a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.)
 ここで、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤を用いて、磁気記録媒体の保護層上に潤滑層を形成した場合に、厚みが薄くても、優れた密着性が得られる理由について説明する。 Here, the reason why excellent adhesion can be obtained even if the thickness is thin when the lubricating layer is formed on the protective layer of the magnetic recording medium by using the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment. explain.
 本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、式(1)に示すように、Rで表されるパーフルオロポリエーテル鎖(以下、「PFPE鎖」と略記する場合がある。)を有する。PFPE鎖は、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層において、保護層の表面を被覆するとともに、潤滑層に潤滑性を付与して磁気ヘッドと保護層との摩擦力を低減させる。 As shown in the formula (1), the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment has a perfluoropolyether chain represented by R3 ( hereinafter, may be abbreviated as “PFPE chain”). In the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, the PFPE chain covers the surface of the protective layer and imparts lubricity to the lubricating layer to reduce the frictional force between the magnetic head and the protective layer.
 また、式(1)におけるRおよびRはそれぞれ、オキシム基を含む式(2)で表される末端基である。オキシム基を形成している窒素原子および酸素原子は、極性を有し、保護層との相互作用(親和性)および分子内相互作用を有する。
 オキシム基を形成している窒素原子は、保護層に対する相互作用が強く、水酸基と同等である。したがって、RおよびRに含まれるオキシム基は、含フッ素エーテル化合物の保護層への吸着を促進する。
Further, R 1 and R 5 in the formula (1) are terminal groups represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively. The nitrogen and oxygen atoms forming the oxime group have polarity, and have an interaction (affinity) with the protective layer and an intramolecular interaction.
The nitrogen atom forming the oxime group has a strong interaction with the protective layer and is equivalent to a hydroxyl group. Therefore, the oxime groups contained in R 1 and R 5 promote the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer.
 しかも、オキシム基を形成している窒素原子の分子内相互作用は、水酸基と比較して弱い。このため、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物の有する窒素原子においては、分子内相互作用よりも保護層表面に対する相互作用が優先して機能する。したがって、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物は、2つのオキシム基(-C=N-O-)をそれぞれ、水酸基を有する2価の連結基に代えた含フッ素エーテル化合物と比較して、保護層上で凝集しにくい。また、RおよびRに含まれるオキシム基は、剛直なC=N結合を有している。剛直なC=N結合は、含フッ素エーテル化合物の有する極性基(RまたはRの有する極性基、および式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが極性基を有する場合にはその極性基)の運動性を適度に制限し、保護層上での式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物の凝集を抑制する。 Moreover, the intramolecular interaction of the nitrogen atom forming the oxime group is weaker than that of the hydroxyl group. Therefore, in the nitrogen atom of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the interaction with the surface of the protective layer has priority over the intramolecular interaction. Therefore, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) is compared with the fluorine-containing ether compound in which the two oxime groups (-C = NO-) are each replaced with a divalent linking group having a hydroxyl group. Therefore, it does not easily aggregate on the protective layer. Further, the oxime groups contained in R 1 and R 5 have a rigid C = N bond. The rigid C = N bond is a polar group possessed by the fluoroether compound (the polar group possessed by R 2 or R 4 , and the polar group thereof when X and / or Y in the formula (2) has a polar group. ) Is moderately restricted, and the aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) on the protective layer is suppressed.
 このように、RおよびRは、含フッ素エーテル化合物の保護層への吸着を促進するとともに、保護層上での含フッ素エーテル化合物の凝集を抑制し、保護層上で面方向に広がって均一に延在した状態で配置されやすくする。その結果、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層は、厚みが薄くても十分な被覆率で形成でき、保護層に対する密着性が良好なものとなる。 As described above, R 1 and R 5 promote the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer, suppress the aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer, and spread in the plane direction on the protective layer. Make it easy to arrange in a uniformly extended state. As a result, the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be formed with a sufficient coverage even if the thickness is thin, and the adhesion to the protective layer is good.
 さらに、式(1)におけるRおよびRはそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基である。RまたはRの有する極性基は、保護層との相互作用(親和性)を有し、含フッ素エーテル化合物の保護層への吸着を促進する。したがって、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層では、RおよびRに含まれるオキシム基と保護層との相互作用と、RおよびRの有する極性基と保護層との相互作用とによる相乗効果によって、保護層に対する良好な密着性が得られる。 Further, R 2 and R 4 in the formula (1) are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. The polar group of R 2 or R 4 has an interaction (affinity) with the protective layer and promotes the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer. Therefore, in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the interaction between the oxime group contained in R 1 and R 5 and the protective layer, and the polar group and protection of R 2 and R 4 are protected. The synergistic effect of the interaction with the layer provides good adhesion to the protective layer.
(RおよびR
 式(1)で表される本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物において、RはRに結合された末端基であり、RはRに結合された末端基である。RとRとは、同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物では、RおよびRにそれぞれオキシム基が含まれているため、含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層において、含フッ素エーテル化合物と保護層との密着性が良好となる。
(R 1 and R 5 )
In the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment represented by the formula (1), R 1 is a terminal group bonded to R 2 and R 5 is a terminal group bonded to R 4 . R 1 and R 5 may be the same or different.
In the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), since R 1 and R 5 each contain an oxime group, the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer adhere to each other in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound. The sex becomes good.
 RおよびRはそれぞれ、オキシム基を含む式(2)で表される末端基である。式(2)中、XおよびYはそれぞれ、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基のいずれかである。本実施形態では、式(2)中のXおよびYによって、磁気記録媒体の保護層とより良好な相互作用を示すという機能が得られるため、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。
 式(2)中のXおよび/またはYとしての置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、および二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子のいずれかを含むものであってもよい。XとYとは、同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively. In formula (2), X and Y are each a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively. In the present embodiment, since X and Y in the formula (2) provide a function of exhibiting a better interaction with the protective layer of the magnetic recording medium, a fluorine-containing lubricating layer capable of forming a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be formed. It becomes an ether compound.
The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent as X and / or Y in the formula (2) and the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond are oxygen atom, sulfur atom and nitrogen. It may contain any of the atoms. X and Y may be the same or different.
(置換基を有してもよいアルキル基)
 置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基(以下、「置換基を有してもよいアルキル基」と呼ぶ場合がある。)におけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。具体的には、アルキル基として、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基が挙げられる。アルキル基は、直鎖であってもよいし、分岐を有していてもよい。
 式(2)中のXおよびYが両方とも置換基を有してもよいアルキル基である場合、XおよびYに含まれる炭素数の合計は、2~8であることが好ましく、2~6であることがより好ましい。
(Alkyl group which may have a substituent)
The alkyl group in the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (hereinafter, may be referred to as "alkyl group which may have a substituent") is an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It is preferably a group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group and an octyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or may have a branch.
When both X and Y in the formula (2) are alkyl groups which may have a substituent, the total number of carbon atoms contained in X and Y is preferably 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 6. Is more preferable.
 置換基を有してもよいアルキル基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲノ基、アルコキシ基、水酸基、シアノ基などが挙げられる。置換基を有してもよいアルキル基がこれらの置換基を有する場合、より優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。 Examples of the substituent in the alkyl group which may have a substituent include a halogeno group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group and a cyano group. When the alkyl group which may have a substituent has these substituents, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound capable of forming a lubricating layer having better adhesion.
 置換基としてハロゲノ基を有するアルキル基としては、少なくとも1つのフルオロ基を有するアルキル基であることが好ましい。フルオロ基を有するアルキル基としては、例えば、トリフルオロメチル基、パーフルオロエチル基、パーフルオロプロピル基、パーフルオロブチル基、パーフルオロペンチル基、パーフルオロヘキシル基、オクタフルオロペンチル基、トリデカフルオロオクチル基などが挙げられる。 The alkyl group having a halogeno group as a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having at least one fluoro group. Examples of the alkyl group having a fluoro group include a trifluoromethyl group, a perfluoroethyl group, a perfluoropropyl group, a perfluorobutyl group, a perfluoropentyl group, a perfluorohexyl group, an octafluoropentyl group, and a tridecafluorooctyl group. Group etc. can be mentioned.
 置換基として水酸基を有するアルキル基としては、下記式(14)で示されるアルキル基が挙げられる。式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物では、RおよびRの少なくとも一方における式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、水酸基を有するアルキル基であることが好ましく、式(14)で示されるアルキル基であることがより好ましい。RおよびRの少なくとも一方における式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、式(14)で示されるアルキル基であると、この含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層と保護層との親和性がより一層良好となり、好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent include an alkyl group represented by the following formula (14). In the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), it is preferable that X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group, and the formula (14). ) Is more preferable. When X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group represented by the formula (14), the affinity between the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer. The property becomes even better, which is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(式(14)中、Rは、水素原子、または水酸基を有してもよいアルキル基である;dは1~6の整数を表す;dが2以上である場合、Rはそれぞれ同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

(In formula (14), R 6 is an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group; d represents an integer of 1 to 6; when d is 2 or more, R 6 is the same. It may or may not be different.)
 式(14)中、Rは、水素原子、または水酸基を有してもよいアルキル基である。Rは、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または水素原子であることが好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基または水素原子であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキル基または水素原子であることが特に好ましい。式(14)で表される基は、式(14)における左側の点線が、式(2)に含まれるオキシム基の二重結合を形成している炭素原子と結合される。 In formula (14), R 6 is an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group. R 6 is preferably an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferable. In the group represented by the formula (14), the dotted line on the left side in the formula (14) is bonded to the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2).
 式(14)中、dは1~6の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、2または3であることがより好ましい。dが1~6の整数であると、オキシム基の有する剛直なC=N結合と、式(14)中の水酸基との距離が適正となり、C=N結合によって式(14)中の水酸基の運動性が適度に制限され、好ましい。
 式(14)中の炭素数(Rに含まれる炭素数とdの数との合計数)は、1~12であり、1~8であることが好ましく、1~6であることがより好ましく、1~4であることがさらに好ましい。式(14)中の炭素数が1~8であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物分子中におけるフッ素原子の割合が低いことによる分子全体の表面自由エネルギーの低下がなく、好ましい。
In the formula (14), d represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably 2 or 3. When d is an integer of 1 to 6, the distance between the rigid C = N bond of the oxime group and the hydroxyl group in the formula (14) becomes appropriate, and the C = N bond makes the hydroxyl group in the formula (14) appropriate. Motility is moderately restricted and preferred.
The number of carbon atoms in the formula (14) (the total number of carbon atoms contained in R 6 and the number of d) is 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 8, and more preferably 1 to 6. It is preferable, and it is more preferably 1 to 4. When the number of carbon atoms in the formula (14) is 1 to 8, the surface free energy of the entire molecule does not decrease due to the low proportion of fluorine atoms in the fluorine-containing ether compound molecule, which is preferable.
 式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、式(14)で示されるアルキル基である場合、RおよびRは、具体的には、下記式(12-1)~(12-6)、式(13-1)~(13-4)で表されるいずれかの構造であることが好ましい。 When X and / or Y in the formula (2) is an alkyl group represented by the formula (14), R 1 and R 5 are specifically represented by the following formulas (12-1) to (12-6). ), Whichever structure is represented by the formulas (13-1) to (13-4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基)
 式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基である場合の有機基は、二重結合または三重結合を少なくとも1つ有するものであって、例えば、芳香族炭化水素を含む基、芳香族複素環を含む基、アルケニル基を含む基、アルキニル基を含む基などが挙げられる。二重結合または三重結合は、炭素-炭素二重結合または炭素-炭素三重結合であることが好ましい。
(Organic group with double or triple bond)
When X and / or Y in the formula (2) is an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, the organic group has at least one double bond or a triple bond, and is, for example, aromatic. Examples thereof include a group containing a group hydrocarbon, a group containing an aromatic heterocycle, a group containing an alkenyl group, and a group containing an alkynyl group. The double bond or triple bond is preferably a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond.
 具体的には、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基としては、フェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、フッ化フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェネチル基、メトキシフェネチル基、フッ化フェネチル基、ベンジル基、メトキシベンジル基、ナフチルメチル基、メトキシナフチル基、ピロリル基、ピラゾリル基、メチルピラゾリルメチル基、イミダゾリル基、フリル基、フルフリル基、オキサゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、チエニル基、チエニルエチル基、チアゾリル基、メチルチアゾリルエチル基、イソチアゾリル基、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピラジニル基、インドリニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、ベンゾピラゾリル基、ベンゾイソオキサゾリル基、ベンゾイソチアゾリル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キナゾリニル基、キノキサリニル基、フタラジニル基、シンノリニル基、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、1-プロピニル基、プロパルギル基(2-プロピニル基)、ブチニル基、メチルブチニル基、ペンチニル基、メチルペンチニル基、ヘキシニル基などが挙げられる。 Specifically, examples of the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond include a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, a phenyl fluoride group, a naphthyl group, a phenethyl group, a methoxyphenethyl group, a phenethyl fluoride group, a benzyl group and a methoxybenzyl group. Group, naphthylmethyl group, methoxynaphthyl group, pyrrolyl group, pyrazolyl group, methylpyrazolylmethyl group, imidazolyl group, frill group, flufuryl group, oxazolyl group, isooxazolyl group, thienyl group, thienylethyl group, thiazolyl group, methylthiazolyl Ethyl group, isothiazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrazinyl group, indolinyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzothienyl group, benzoimidazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, benzopyrazolyl group, benzoisoxazolyl group , Benzoisothiazolyl group, quinolyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinazolinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, phthalazinyl group, cinnolinyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, butenyl group, 1-propynyl group, propargyl group (2-propynyl group), butynyl group. , Methylbutynyl group, pentynyl group, methylpentinyl group, hexynyl group and the like.
 二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基としては、上記の中でも特に、フェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、チエニルエチル基、ブテニル基、アリル基、プロパルギル基、フェネチル基、メトキシフェネチル基、フッ化フェネチル基のいずれかであることが好ましく、フェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、プロパルギル基のいずれかであることがさらに好ましい。
 二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基が、フェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、プロパルギル基のいずれかである場合、より優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。
Examples of the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond include a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, a thienylethyl group, a butenyl group, an allyl group, a propargyl group, a phenethyl group, a methoxyphenethyl group and a fluorinated phenethyl group. Any of them is preferable, and any of a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a propargyl group is more preferable.
When the organic group having a double bond or a triple bond is any one of a phenyl group, a methoxyphenyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a propargyl group, a fluorine-containing ether compound capable of forming a lubricating layer having better adhesion can be formed. Will be.
 上記の二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、水酸基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、カルボニル基、アミノ基、シアノ基などの置換基を有していてもよい。 The above-mentioned organic group having a double bond or a triple bond may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a carbonyl group, an amino group or a cyano group.
 Xおよび/またはYとしての置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、および二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基は、式(2)に含まれるオキシム基の二重結合を形成している炭素原子との間に、エーテル結合とメチレン鎖とからなる連結基が結合されたものであってもよい。特に、上述した二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基は、式(2)に含まれるオキシム基の二重結合を形成している炭素原子との間に、1つのエーテル結合と1つのメチレン鎖とからなる連結基が結合されたものであることが好ましい。この場合、二重結合または三重結合と、オキシム基の有する剛直なC=N結合との距離が適正となり、C=N結合によって二重結合または三重結合の運動性が適度に制限され、より凝集しにくく、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。 The alkyl group, which may have a substituent as X and / or Y, and the organic group, which has a double bond or a triple bond, are carbons forming a double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2). A linking group consisting of an ether bond and a methylene chain may be bonded to the atom. In particular, the above-mentioned organic group having a double bond or a triple bond has one ether bond and one methylene chain between the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2). It is preferable that the linking group consisting of is bonded. In this case, the distance between the double or triple bond and the rigid C = N bond of the oxime group is appropriate, and the C = N bond moderately limits the motility of the double or triple bond, resulting in more aggregation. It is a fluorine-containing ether compound that is difficult to form and can form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion.
 式(2)に含まれるオキシム基の二重結合を形成している炭素原子と結合される連結基としては、例えば、オキシエチル基(-O-CH-CH-)、オキシプロピル基(-O-CH-CH-CH-)、オキシブチル基(-O-CH-CH-CH-CH-)などが挙げられる。連結基に含まれるメチレン鎖の炭素数は、1~6であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましい。メチレン鎖の炭素数が1~6であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物分子中におけるフッ素原子の割合が低いことによる分子全体の表面自由エネルギーの低下がなく、好ましい。 Examples of the linking group bonded to the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group contained in the formula (2) include an oxyethyl group (-O-CH 2 -CH 2- ) and an oxypropyl group (-). Examples thereof include O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- ) and an oxybutyl group (-O-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2- ). The number of carbon atoms of the methylene chain contained in the linking group is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 4. When the number of carbon atoms in the methylene chain is 1 to 6, the surface free energy of the entire molecule does not decrease due to the low proportion of fluorine atoms in the fluorine-containing ether compound molecule, which is preferable.
 置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基が、オキシム基との間に、エーテル結合とメチレン鎖とからなる連結基を有する場合、以下に示す理由により、オキシム基の二重結合を形成している炭素原子が、上記連結基のメチレン鎖と結合していることが好ましい。すなわち、オキシム基の有する剛直なC=N結合によって、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基の運動性または、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基の運動性を、適度に制限する機能が、上記連結基に含まれるエーテル結合によって妨げられにくいためである。このことにより、含フッ素エーテル化合物の保護層への吸着が促進され、保護層に対するより優れた密着性が得られる。 When an organic group having an alkyl group, a double bond or a triple bond, which may have a substituent, has a linking group consisting of an ether bond and a methylene chain with an oxime group, for the following reasons, It is preferable that the carbon atom forming the double bond of the oxime group is bonded to the methylene chain of the linking group. That is, the rigid C = N bond of the oxime group has the function of appropriately limiting the motility of the alkyl group which may have a substituent or the motility of the organic group which has a double bond or a triple bond. This is because it is unlikely to be hindered by the ether bond contained in the linking group. As a result, the adsorption of the fluorine-containing ether compound to the protective layer is promoted, and better adhesion to the protective layer can be obtained.
(RおよびR
 式(1)におけるRおよびRはそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基である。RとRは、同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 RおよびRが極性基を有するため、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤を用いて、保護層上に潤滑層を形成した場合、潤滑層と保護層との間に好適な相互作用が発生する。RおよびRを形成している極性基を有する2価の連結基は、含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤に求められる性能等に応じて適宜選択できる。
(R 2 and R 4 )
R 2 and R 4 in the formula (1) are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. R 2 and R 4 may be the same or different.
Since R 2 and R 4 have polar groups, when a lubricating layer is formed on the protective layer by using the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, it is suitable between the lubricating layer and the protective layer. Interaction occurs. The divalent linking group having a polar group forming R 2 and R 4 can be appropriately selected depending on the performance required for the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the like.
 RおよびRに含まれる極性基は、保護層上に含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤からなる潤滑層を成膜した場合に、潤滑剤と保護層との間に好適な相互作用が発生するものであることが好ましい。このような極性基としては、例えば、水酸基(-OH)、アミノ基(-NH)、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、アルデヒド基(-CHO)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、スルフォン酸基(-SOH)等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、水酸基が特に好ましい。水酸基は、保護層、とりわけ炭素系保護層との相互作用が強い極性基である。このため、RおよびRに含まれる極性基が水酸基であると、保護層表面との密着性に優れる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。 The polar groups contained in R 2 and R 4 cause a suitable interaction between the lubricant and the protective layer when a lubricating layer made of a lubricant containing a fluorine-containing ether compound is formed on the protective layer. It is preferable that the lubricant is used. Examples of such a polar group include a hydroxyl group (-OH), an amino group (-NH 2 ), a carboxy group (-COOH), an aldehyde group (-CHO), a carbonyl group (-CO-), and a sulfonic acid group (-CO-). -SO 3 H) and the like. Of these, hydroxyl groups are particularly preferred. The hydroxyl group is a polar group having a strong interaction with a protective layer, particularly a carbon-based protective layer. Therefore, when the polar group contained in R 2 and R 4 is a hydroxyl group, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound having excellent adhesion to the surface of the protective layer.
 RおよびRが、極性基として水酸基を有する2価の連結基である場合、Rに含まれる水酸基の数とRに含まれる水酸基の数との合計は2以上であり、3以上であってもよい。RとRにそれぞれ1以上の水酸基が含まれていると、含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層において、含フッ素エーテル化合物と保護層との密着性がより良好となり、好ましい。
 Rに含まれる水酸基の数とRに含まれる水酸基の数との合計は、8以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、4以下であることがさらに好ましい。Rに含まれる水酸基の数とRに含まれる水酸基の数との合計が8以下であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物の極性が高くなりすぎて、異物(スメア)として磁気ヘッドに付着するピックアップが発生することを防止でき、好ましい。
When R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having a hydroxyl group as a polar group, the total of the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 2 and the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 4 is 2 or more, and 3 or more. May be. When R 2 and R 4 each contain one or more hydroxyl groups, the adhesion between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer becomes better in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound, which is preferable.
The total number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 2 and the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 4 is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and even more preferably 4 or less. If the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 2 and the number of hydroxyl groups contained in R 4 is 8 or less, the polarity of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes too high, and the pickup adheres to the magnetic head as a foreign substance (smear). Can be prevented from occurring, which is preferable.
 RのR側の末端および/またはRのR側の末端には、メチレン基(-CH-)が配置されていることが好ましい。RのR側の末端にメチレン基が配置されている場合、Rのメチレン基と、Rに含まれるオキシム基(-C=N-O-)の酸素原子とが結合される。また、RのR側の末端にメチレン基が配置されている場合、Rのメチレン基と、Rに含まれるオキシム基(-C=N-O-)の酸素原子とが結合される。このことにより、RまたはR中のオキシム基の有する剛直なC=N結合によって、RまたはRの有する極性基の運動性を適度に制限できる。その結果、保護層上での含フッ素エーテル化合物の凝集を抑制する効果が顕著となる。これに対し、例えば、RのR側の末端および/またはRのR側の末端に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)が配置されている場合、分子内相互作用によって保護層上での含フッ素エーテル化合物の凝集が促進されるとともに、光および熱に対する安定性が低下するため好ましくない。 It is preferable that a methylene group (-CH 2- ) is arranged at the end of R 2 on the R 1 side and / or the end of R 4 on the R 5 side. When a methylene group is arranged at the end of R 2 on the R 1 side, the methylene group of R 2 and the oxygen atom of the oxime group (—C = NO—) contained in R 1 are bonded. When a methylene group is arranged at the end of R 4 on the R 5 side, the methylene group of R 4 and the oxygen atom of the oxime group (-C = NO-) contained in R 5 are bonded. To. This allows the rigid C = N bond of the oxime group in R 1 or R 5 to moderately limit the motility of the polar group of R 2 or R 4 . As a result, the effect of suppressing the aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer becomes remarkable. On the other hand, for example, when a carbonyl group (-C (= O)-) is arranged at the end of R 2 on the R 1 side and / or the end of R 4 on the R 5 side, it is caused by an intramolecular interaction. It is not preferable because the aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer is promoted and the stability against light and heat is lowered.
 RおよびRが、極性基として水酸基を有する2価の連結基である場合、R-CH-R-およびR-CH-R-はそれぞれ、下記式(3)で表されることが好ましい。
 R-CH-[A]-[B]-[C]-  (3)
(式(3)中、[A]は下記式(4)で表され、[B]は下記式(5)で表され、[C]は下記式(6)で表される。式(3)において[A]、[B]、[C]の並び順は入れ替えてもよい。式(4)~(6)におけるエーテル結合(-O-)側が、式(3)中のCH側である。)
When R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having a hydroxyl group as a polar group, R 3 -CH 2 -R 2- and R 3 -CH 2 -R 4- are respectively represented by the following formula (3). It is preferably represented.
R 3 -CH 2- [A]-[B]-[C]-(3)
(In the formula (3), [A] is represented by the following formula (4), [B] is represented by the following formula (5), and [C] is represented by the following formula (6). ), The order of [A], [B], and [C] may be changed. The ether bond (—O—) side in the formulas (4) to (6) is the CH 2 side in the formula (3). be.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(式(4)中、aは0~3の整数である;式(5)中、bは0~3の整数であり、cは1~4の整数である;式(6)中、dは0~3の整数であり、eは1~4の整数である;ただし、a、b、dの少なくとも1つは1以上である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(In equation (4), a is an integer of 0 to 3; in equation (5), b is an integer of 0 to 3 and c is an integer of 1 to 4; in equation (6), d. Is an integer of 0 to 3 and e is an integer of 1 to 4; however, at least one of a, b, and d is 1 or more.)
 式(4)中のa、式(5)中のbおよび式(6)中のdはそれぞれ、0~3の整数である。式(4)中のa、式(5)中のbおよび式(6)中のdは、含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層において、含フッ素エーテル化合物と保護層との密着性をより向上させるために、少なくとも1つが1以上である。すなわち、式(3)は、[A]、[B]、[C]の少なくとも1つを含む。 A in the formula (4), b in the formula (5), and d in the formula (6) are integers of 0 to 3, respectively. The a in the formula (4), the b in the formula (5) and the d in the formula (6) further improve the adhesion between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound. Therefore, at least one is one or more. That is, the formula (3) includes at least one of [A], [B], and [C].
 式(4)中のaと式(5)中のbと式(6)中のdとの合計は、4以下であることが好ましく、2以下であることがより好ましい。式(4)中のaと式(5)中のbと式(6)中のdとの合計が4以下であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物の極性が高くなりすぎて、異物(スメア)として磁気ヘッドに付着するピックアップが発生することを効果的に防止できる。 The total of a in the formula (4), b in the formula (5) and d in the formula (6) is preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 2 or less. If the total of a in the formula (4), b in the formula (5), and d in the formula (6) is 4 or less, the polarity of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes too high, and as a foreign substance (smear). It is possible to effectively prevent the generation of pickups adhering to the magnetic head.
 式(5)中のcおよび式(6)中のeはそれぞれ1~4の整数である。cおよびeはそれぞれ1~3の整数であることが好ましく、2であることが最も好ましい。式(5)中のcが1~4の整数であると、式(5)中の水酸基とRまたはRとの距離が適切となる。また、式(5)中のcが1~4の整数であると、bが2または3である場合に、式(5)中の水酸基同士の距離が適切となり、好ましい。式(6)中のeが1~4の整数であると、dが2または3である場合に、式(6)中の水酸基同士の距離が適切となり、好ましい。 C in the formula (5) and e in the formula (6) are integers of 1 to 4, respectively. c and e are preferably integers of 1 to 3, respectively, and most preferably 2. When c in the formula (5) is an integer of 1 to 4, the distance between the hydroxyl group in the formula (5) and R 1 or R 5 becomes appropriate. Further, when c in the formula (5) is an integer of 1 to 4, the distance between the hydroxyl groups in the formula (5) becomes appropriate when b is 2 or 3, which is preferable. When e in the formula (6) is an integer of 1 to 4, the distance between the hydroxyl groups in the formula (6) becomes appropriate when d is 2 or 3, which is preferable.
(R
 上記式(1)で表される本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物において、Rはパーフルオロポリエーテル鎖(PFPE鎖)である。Rは、特に限定されるものではなく、含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤に求められる性能などに応じて適宜選択できる。PFPE鎖としては、例えば、パーフルオロメチレンオキシド重合体、パーフルオロエチレンオキシド重合体、パーフルオロ-n-プロピレンオキシド重合体、パーフルオロイソプロピレンオキシド重合体、これらの共重合体からなるものなどが挙げられる。
(R 3 )
In the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment represented by the above formula ( 1 ), R3 is a perfluoropolyether chain (PFPE chain). R3 is not particularly limited , and can be appropriately selected depending on the performance required for the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound and the like. Examples of the PFPE chain include a perfluoromethylene oxide polymer, a perfluoroethylene oxide polymer, a perfluoro-n-propylene oxide polymer, a perfluoroisopropylene oxide polymer, and a copolymer thereof. ..
 PFPE鎖は、例えば、パーフルオロアルキレンオキシドの重合体または共重合体に由来する下記式(Rf)で表される構造であってもよい。
-(CFp1O(CFO)p2(CFCFO)p3(CFCFCFO)p4(CFCFCFCFO)p5(CFp6- (Rf)
(式(Rf)中、p2、p3、p4、p5は平均重合度を示し、それぞれ独立に0~30を表す;ただし、p2、p3、p4、p5のすべてが同時に0になることはない;p1、p6は-CF-の数を示す平均値であり、それぞれ独立に1~3を表す;式(Rf)における繰り返し単位の配列順序には、特に制限はない。)
 式(Rf)中、p2、p3、p4、p5は平均重合度を示し、それぞれ独立に0~30を表し、0~20であることが好ましく、0~15であることがより好ましい。
 式(Rf)中、p1、p6は-CF-の数を示す平均値であり、それぞれ独立に1~3を表す。p1、p6は、式(Rf)で表される重合体において、鎖状構造の端部に配置されている繰り返し単位の構造などに応じて決定される。
 式(Rf)における(CFO)、(CFCFO)、(CFCFCFO)、(CFCFCFCFO)は、繰り返し単位である。式(Rf)における繰り返し単位の配列順序には、特に制限はない。また、式(Rf)における繰り返し単位の種類の数にも、特に制限はない。
The PFPE chain may have, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (Rf) derived from a polymer or copolymer of perfluoroalkylene oxide.
-(CF 2 ) p1 O (CF 2 O) p2 (CF 2 CF 2 O) p3 (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p4 (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p5 (CF 2 ) p6- ( Rf)
(In the formula (Rf), p2, p3, p4, p5 indicate the average degree of polymerization and each independently represents 0 to 30; however, all of p2, p3, p4 and p5 cannot be 0 at the same time; p1 and p6 are average values indicating the number of -CF 2- , and each represents 1 to 3 independently; the arrangement order of the repeating units in the formula (Rf) is not particularly limited.)
In the formula (Rf), p2, p3, p4, and p5 indicate the average degree of polymerization, each of which independently represents 0 to 30, preferably 0 to 20, and more preferably 0 to 15.
In the formula (Rf), p1 and p6 are average values indicating the number of −CF2 −, and each independently represents 1 to 3. p1 and p6 are determined according to the structure of the repeating unit arranged at the end of the chain structure in the polymer represented by the formula (Rf).
(CF 2 O), (CF 2 CF 2 O), (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O), and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) in the formula (Rf) are repeating units. The arrangement order of the repeating units in the formula (Rf) is not particularly limited. Further, the number of types of repeating units in the equation (Rf) is not particularly limited.
 式(1)におけるRは、例えば、下記式(Rf-1)で表されるPFPE鎖であることが好ましい。
-(CFp7O-(CFCFO)p8-(CFCFCFO)p9-(CFp10- (Rf-1)
(式(Rf-1)中、p8、p9は平均重合度を示し、それぞれ独立に0.1~30を表す;p7、p10は-CF-の数を示す平均値であり、それぞれ独立に1~2を表す。)
 式(Rf-1)における繰り返し単位である(CFCFO)と(CFCFCFO)との配列順序には、特に制限はない。式(Rf-1)は、モノマー単位(CFCFO)と(CFCFCFO)とからなるランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、及び、交互共重合体のいずれを含むものであってもよい。式(Rf-1)において、平均重合度を示すp8およびp9は、それぞれ独立に0.1~30を表し、0.1~20であることが好ましく、1~15であることがより好ましい。式(Rf-1)におけるp7およびp10は-CF-の数を示す平均値であり、それぞれ独立に1~2を表す。p7およびp10は、式(Rf-1)で表される重合体において、鎖状構造の端部に配置されている繰り返し単位の構造などに応じて決定される。
It is preferable that R 3 in the formula (1) is, for example, a PFPE chain represented by the following formula (Rf-1).
-(CF 2 ) p7 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) p8- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) p9- (CF 2 ) p10- (Rf-1)
(In the formula (Rf-1), p8 and p9 indicate the average degree of polymerization and independently represent 0.1 to 30; p7 and p10 are average values indicating the number of −CF2 − and are independent of each other. Represents 1-2.)
The sequence order of the repeating units (CF 2 CF 2 O) and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) in the formula (Rf-1) is not particularly limited. The formula (Rf-1) includes any of a random copolymer composed of a monomer unit (CF 2 CF 2 O) and (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O), a block copolymer, and an alternate copolymer. It may be a thing. In the formula (Rf-1), p8 and p9 indicating the average degree of polymerization independently represent 0.1 to 30, preferably 0.1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 15. P7 and p10 in the formula (Rf-1) are average values indicating the number of −CF2 −, and each independently represents 1 to 2. p7 and p10 are determined according to the structure of the repeating unit arranged at the end of the chain structure in the polymer represented by the formula (Rf-1).
 式(1)におけるRは、下記式(7)~(11)のいずれかであることも好ましい。なお、式(7)における繰り返し単位である(CFCFO)と(CFO)との配列順序には、特に制限はない。式(7)は、モノマー単位(CF-CF-O)と(CF-O)とからなるランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、および、交互共重合体のいずれを含むものであってもよい。 It is also preferable that R 3 in the formula (1) is any of the following formulas (7) to (11). The order of arrangement of (CF 2 CF 2 O) and (CF 2 O), which are repeating units in the formula (7), is not particularly limited. The formula (7) includes any of a random copolymer composed of a monomer unit (CF2 - CF2 - O) and (CF2 - O), a block copolymer, and an alternate copolymer. You may.
-CFO-(CFCFO)-(CFO)-CF- (7)
(式(7)中のm、nは平均重合度を示し、それぞれ0.1~30を表す。)
-CFO-(CFCFO)-CF- (8)
(式(8)中のwは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CFCFO-(CFCFCFO)-CFCF- (9)
(式(9)中のxは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CFCFCFO-(CFCFCFCFO)-CFCFCF- (10)
(式(10)中のyは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CF(CF)-(OCF(CF)CF-OCF(CF)- (11)
(式(11)中のzは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
-CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) m- (CF 2 O) n -CF 2- (7)
(M and n in the formula (7) indicate the average degree of polymerization, and each represents 0.1 to 30.)
-CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) w -CF 2- (8)
(W in the formula (8) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
-CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) x -CF 2 CF 2- (9)
(X in the formula (9) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
-CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) y -CF 2 CF 2 CF 2- (10)
(Y in the formula (10) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
-CF (CF 3 )-(OCF (CF 3 ) CF 2 ) z -OCF (CF 3 )-(11)
(Z in the formula (11) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
 式(7)~式(11)におけるm、n、w、x、y、zがそれぞれ0.1~30である場合、これを含む潤滑剤が塗布しやすく、良好な密着性を有する潤滑層が得られるものとなる。式(7)~式(11)におけるm、n、w、x、y、zは、それぞれ30以下であることが好ましく、それぞれ20以下であることがより好ましい。例えばm、n、w、x、y、zは、それぞれ、0.1~20や、1~15や、1~10や、2~8や、2~5などであっても良い。 When m, n, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (7) to (11) are 0.1 to 30, respectively, a lubricant containing them is easy to apply and has good adhesion. Will be obtained. The m, n, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (7) to (11) are preferably 30 or less, and more preferably 20 or less, respectively. For example, m, n, w, x, y, and z may be 0.1 to 20, 1 to 15, 1 to 10, 2 to 8, 2 to 5, and the like, respectively.
 式(1)におけるRが、式(7)~式(11)のいずれかである場合、含フッ素エーテル化合物の合成が容易であり好ましい。Rが式(7)である場合、原料入手が容易であるため、より好ましい。
 また、Rが、式(7)~式(11)のいずれかである場合、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖中の、炭素原子数に対する酸素原子数(エーテル結合(-O-)数)の割合が、適正となる。このため、適度な硬さを有する含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。よって、保護層上に塗布された含フッ素エーテル化合物が、保護層上で凝集しにくく、より一層厚みの薄い潤滑層を十分な被覆率で形成できる。また、Rが式(7)~(11)のいずれかである場合、良好な密着性を有する潤滑層が得られる含フッ素エーテル化合物となる。
When R 3 in the formula (1) is any of the formulas (7) to (11), it is preferable because the synthesis of the fluorine-containing ether compound is easy. When R 3 is of the formula (7), it is more preferable because the raw material can be easily obtained.
When R 3 is any of the formulas (7) to (11), the ratio of the number of oxygen atoms (the number of ether bonds (—O—)) to the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoropolyether chain is , Will be appropriate. Therefore, it becomes a fluorine-containing ether compound having an appropriate hardness. Therefore, the fluorine-containing ether compound applied on the protective layer is less likely to aggregate on the protective layer, and a thinner lubricating layer can be formed with a sufficient coverage. Further, when R 3 is any of the formulas (7) to (11), it is a fluorine-containing ether compound that can obtain a lubricating layer having good adhesion.
 式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物においては、RとRは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。RとRが同じであると、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物が製造の容易なものとなるため、好ましい。
 また、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物において、RとRは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。RとRが同じであると、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物が製造の容易なものとなるため、好ましい。
 したがって、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物のRとRが同じで、かつRとRが同じあると、より容易に製造でき、好ましい。
In the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), R 1 and R 5 may be the same or different. When R 1 and R 5 are the same, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be easily produced, which is preferable.
Further, in the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), R 2 and R 4 may be the same or different. When R 2 and R 4 are the same, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) can be easily produced, which is preferable.
Therefore, it is preferable that R 1 and R 5 of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) are the same, and R 2 and R 4 are the same, because it can be produced more easily.
 式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物では、分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が8以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、5以下であることがさらに好ましく、4以下であることが特に好ましい。分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が8以下であると、水酸基の分子内相互作用による保護層上での含フッ素エーテル化合物の凝集が生じにくい。よって、厚みの薄い潤滑層をより良好な被覆率で形成でき、より優れた密着性が得られる。また、これを含む潤滑層は、含フッ素エーテル化合物が凝集して異物(スメア)として磁気ヘッドに付着するピックアップが発生しにくいものとなる。 In the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, still more preferably 5 or less. It is particularly preferable that it is 4 or less. When the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 8 or less, aggregation of the fluorine-containing ether compound on the protective layer due to the intramolecular interaction of the hydroxyl groups is unlikely to occur. Therefore, a thin lubricating layer can be formed with a better coverage, and better adhesion can be obtained. Further, in the lubricating layer containing this, the fluorine-containing ether compound aggregates and is less likely to be picked up as foreign matter (smear) attached to the magnetic head.
 式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物では、分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が2以上であることが好ましく、3以上であることがより好ましい。分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が2以上であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物がオキシム基とともに水酸基を含むことによる保護層との相互作用の相乗効果が十分に得られる。したがって、より一層密着性の良好な潤滑層が得られる。 In the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more. When the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 2 or more, the synergistic effect of the interaction between the fluorine-containing ether compound and the protective layer due to the inclusion of hydroxyl groups together with the oxime group can be sufficiently obtained. Therefore, a lubricating layer having even better adhesion can be obtained.
 式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物は、具体的には、下記式(A)~(Z)および(AA)~(AI)で表されるいずれかの化合物であることが好ましい。なお、式(A)~(Z)および(AA)~(AI)中の繰り返し数ma~mz、mA~mE、na~nz、nA~nE、w、x、y、zは、平均値を示す値であるため、必ずしも整数とはならない。 Specifically, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably any compound represented by the following formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI). The repetition numbers ma to mz, mA to mE, na to nz, nA to nE, w, x, y, and z in the formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI) are average values. Since it is a value shown, it is not necessarily an integer.
 式(A)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシメチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(A)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (A), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxymethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (A) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(B)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(B)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (B), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (B) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(C)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシプロピル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1であり、Rが式(7)である。式(C)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (C), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group. R 2 is [A], a in the formula (4) is 1, and R 3 is the formula (7). The compounds represented by the formula (C) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(D)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが1,2-ジヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1であり、Rが式(7)である。式(D)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (D), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A], a in the formula (4) is 1, and R 3 is the formula (7). The compounds represented by the formula (D) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(E)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(E)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (E) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (E) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(F)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが1位で結合した1,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(F)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (F) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 1-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (F) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(G)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、XおよびYがヒドロキシメチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(G)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (G), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxymethyl groups. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compound represented by the formula (G) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(H)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、XおよびYがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(H)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (H), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxyethyl groups. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (H) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(I)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xがヒドロキシメチル基であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(I)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (I), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (I) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(J)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xがヒドロキシメチル基であり、Yがヒドロキシプロピル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(J)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (J), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compound represented by the formula (J) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(K)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基であり、Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1である。Rが式(7)である。式(K)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (K), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, Y is a hydroxyethyl group, and R 2 is [B] in the formula (5). B is 1 and c is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). The compound represented by the formula (K) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(L)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが2である。Rが式(7)である。式(L)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (L), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [B], b in the equation (5) is 1, and c is 2. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (L) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(M)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが2である。Rが式(7)である。式(M)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (M), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2. R 3 is the equation (7). The compounds represented by the formula (M) have the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(N)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。-CH-R-Rが、-CH-[B]-[C]-Rであり、式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1であり、式(6)中のdが1であり、eが1である。Rが式(7)である。-CH-R-Rが、-CH-[B]-[C]-Rであり、式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1であり、式(6)中のdが1であり、eが1である。式(N)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じであり、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (N), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. -CH 2 -R 2 -R 1 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 1 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6). In d is 1, and e is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 5 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6). In d is 1, and e is 1. The compound represented by the formula (N) has the same R1 and R5, and the same R2 and R4 .
 式(O)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが2である。Rが式(7)である。-CH-R-Rが、-CH-[B]-[C]-Rであり、式(5)中のbが1であり、cが2であり、式(6)中のdが1であり、eが2である。式(O)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (O), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2. R 3 is the equation (7). -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 5 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 2, and equation (6). In d is 1, and e is 2. The compound represented by the formula (O) has the same R1 and R5.
 式(P)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシメチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(P)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (P), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxymethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (P) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(Q)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシプロピル基である。式(Q)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (Q), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group. The compound represented by the formula (Q) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(R)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが1,2-ジヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル基である。式(R)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (R), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group bonded at the 2-position. The compound represented by the formula (R) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(S)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが1位で結合した1,3-ジヒドロキシプロピル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xがヒドロキシメチル基であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(S)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (S) is a 1,3-dihydroxypropyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 1-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (S) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(T)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、XおよびYがヒドロキシメチル基である。式(T)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (T) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), and X and Y are hydroxymethyl groups. The compound represented by the formula (T) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(U)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(U)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (U) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (U) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(V)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基であり、Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシプロピル基である。 In the compound represented by the formula (V), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, Y is a hydroxyethyl group, and R 2 is [B] in the formula (5). B is 1 and c is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxypropyl group.
 式(W)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシメチル基であり、Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが2である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。 In the compound represented by the formula (W), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, Y is a hydroxymethyl group, and R 2 is [B] in the formula (5). B is 1 and c is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 4 is [B], b in the equation (5) is 1, and c is 2. R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
 式(X)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[B]であり式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。 In the compound represented by the formula (X), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [B], b in the equation (5) is 1, and c is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position.
 式(Y)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが2である。Rが式(7)である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。式(Y)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (Y), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2. R 3 is the equation (7). R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. The compound represented by the formula (Y) has the same R1 and R5.
 式(Z)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。-CH-R-Rが、-CH-[B]-[C]-Rであり、式(5)中のbが1であり、cが1であり、式(6)中のdが1であり、eが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが2である。式(Z)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (Z), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. -CH 2 -R 2 -R 1 is -CH 2- [B]-[C] -R 1 , b in equation (5) is 1, c is 1, and equation (6). In d is 1, and e is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 4 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 2. The compound represented by the formula (Z) has the same R1 and R5.
 式(AA)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xがヒドロキシメチル基であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(AA)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (AA), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydroxymethyl group, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (AA) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AB)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2-(3-ブテニルオキシ)エチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。式(AB)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (AB), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (3-butenyloxy) ethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position. The compound represented by the formula (AB) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AC)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2-ブトキシエチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。式(AC)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (AC), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2-butoxyethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position. The compound represented by the formula (AC) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AD)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2-(2-プロピニルオキシ)エチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。式(AD)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (AD), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (2-propynyloxy) ethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position. The compound represented by the formula (AD) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AE)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2-(4-メトキシフェノキシ)エチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(7)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。式(AE)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 In the compound represented by the formula (AE), R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 2- (4-methoxyphenoxy) ethyl group. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (7). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group bonded at the 2-position. The compound represented by the formula (AE) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AF)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(8)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(AF)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (AF) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (8). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (AF) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AG)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(9)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(AG)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (AG) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (9). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (AG) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AH)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(10)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(AH)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (AH) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (10). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (AH) has the same R2 and R4 .
 式(AI)で表される化合物は、Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yが2位で結合した1,4-ジヒドロキシブチル基である。Rが[A]であり式(4)中のaが1である。Rが式(11)である。Rが式(2)で表され、Xが水素原子であり、Yがヒドロキシエチル基である。式(AI)で表される化合物は、RとRが同じである。 The compound represented by the formula (AI) is a 1,4-dihydroxybutyl group in which R 1 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is bonded at the 2-position. R 2 is [A] and a in the formula (4) is 1. R 3 is the equation (11). R 5 is represented by the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, and Y is a hydroxyethyl group. The compound represented by the formula (AI) has the same R2 and R4 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(式(A)中、ma、naは平均重合度を示し、maは1~30を表し、naは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(B)中、mb、nbは平均重合度を示し、mbは1~30を表し、nbは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(C)中、mc、ncは平均重合度を示し、mcは1~30を表し、ncは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(D)中、md、ndは平均重合度を示し、mdは1~30を表し、ndは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(In the formula (A), ma and na represent the average degree of polymerization, ma represents 1 to 30, and na represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (B), mb and nb indicate the average degree of polymerization, mb represents 1 to 30, and nb represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (C), mc and nc represent the average degree of polymerization, mc represents 1 to 30, and nc represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (D), md and nd indicate the average degree of polymerization, md represents 1 to 30, and nd represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式(E)中、me、neは平均重合度を示し、meは1~30を表し、neは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(F)中、mf、nfは平均重合度を示し、mfは1~30を表し、nfは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(G)中、mg、ngは平均重合度を示し、mgは1~30を表し、ngは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(H)中、mh、nhは平均重合度を示し、mhは1~30を表し、nhは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(In the formula (E), me and ne indicate the average degree of polymerization, me represents 1 to 30, and ne represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (F), mf and nf indicate the average degree of polymerization, mf represents 1 to 30, and nf represents 0.1 to 30).
(In the formula (G), mg and ng indicate the average degree of polymerization, mg represents 1 to 30, and ng represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (H), mh and nh indicate the average degree of polymerization, mh represents 1 to 30, and nh represents 0.1 to 30).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(式(I)中、mi、niは平均重合度を示し、miは1~30を表し、niは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(J)中、mj、njは平均重合度を示し、mjは1~30を表し、njは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(K)中、mk、nkは平均重合度を示し、mkは1~30を表し、nkは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(L)中、ml、nlは平均重合度を示し、mlは1~30を表し、nlは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(In the formula (I), mi and ni indicate the average degree of polymerization, mi represents 1 to 30, and ni represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (J), mj and nj indicate the average degree of polymerization, mj represents 1 to 30, and nj represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (K), mk and nk represent the average degree of polymerization, mk represents 1 to 30, and nk represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (L), ml and nl indicate the average degree of polymerization, ml represents 1 to 30, and nl represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(式(M)中、mm、nmは平均重合度を示し、mmは1~30を表し、nmは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(N)中、mn、nnは平均重合度を示し、mnは1~30を表し、nnは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(O)中、mo、noは平均重合度を示し、moは1~30を表し、noは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(P)中、mp、npは平均重合度を示し、mpは1~30を表し、npは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(In the formula (M), mm and nm indicate the average degree of polymerization, mm represents 1 to 30, and nm represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (N), mn and nn indicate the average degree of polymerization, mn represents 1 to 30, and nn represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (O), mo and no indicate the average degree of polymerization, mo represents 1 to 30, and no represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (P), mp and np indicate the average degree of polymerization, mp represents 1 to 30, and np represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(式(Q)中、mq、nqは平均重合度を示し、mqは1~30を表し、nqは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(R)中、mr、nrは平均重合度を示し、mrは1~30を表し、nrは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(S)中、ms、nsは平均重合度を示し、msは1~30を表し、nsは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(T)中、mt、ntは平均重合度を示し、mtは1~30を表し、ntは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(In the formula (Q), mq and nq indicate the average degree of polymerization, mq represents 1 to 30, and nq represents 0.1 to 30).
(In the formula (R), mr and nr indicate the average degree of polymerization, mr represents 1 to 30, and nr represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (S), ms and ns represent the average degree of polymerization, ms represents 1 to 30, and ns represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (T), mt and nt indicate the average degree of polymerization, mt represents 1 to 30, and nt represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(式(U)中、mu、nuは平均重合度を示し、muは1~30を表し、nuは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(V)中、mv、nvは平均重合度を示し、mvは1~30を表し、nvは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(W)中、mw、nwは平均重合度を示し、mwは1~30を表し、nwは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(X)中、mx、nxは平均重合度を示し、mxは1~30を表し、nxは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(In the formula (U), mu and nu indicate the average degree of polymerization, mu represents 1 to 30, and nu represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (V), mv and nv indicate the average degree of polymerization, mv represents 1 to 30, and nv represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (W), mw and nw indicate the average degree of polymerization, mw represents 1 to 30, and nw represents 0.1 to 30).
(In the formula (X), mx and nx indicate the average degree of polymerization, mx represents 1 to 30, and nx represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式(Y)中、my、nyは平均重合度を示し、myは1~30を表し、nyは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(Z)中、mz、nzは平均重合度を示し、mzは1~30を表し、nzは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AA)中、mA、nAは平均重合度を示し、mAは1~30を表し、nAは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AB)中、mB、nBは平均重合度を示し、mBは1~30を表し、nBは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(In the formula (Y), my and ny indicate the average degree of polymerization, my represents 1 to 30, and ny represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (Z), mz and nz indicate the average degree of polymerization, mz represents 1 to 30, and nz represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AA), mA and nA indicate the average degree of polymerization, mA represents 1 to 30, and nA represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AB), mB and nB indicate the average degree of polymerization, mB represents 1 to 30, and nB represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式(AC)中、mC、nCは平均重合度を示し、mCは1~30を表し、nCは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AD)中、mD、nDは平均重合度を示し、mDは1~30を表し、nDは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AE)中、mE、nEは平均重合度を示し、mEは1~30を表し、nEは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AF)中、wは平均重合度を示し、wは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(In the formula (AC), mC and nC indicate the average degree of polymerization, mC represents 1 to 30, and nC represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AD), mD and nD indicate the average degree of polymerization, mD represents 1 to 30, and nD represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AE), mE and nE indicate the average degree of polymerization, mE represents 1 to 30, and nE represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AF), w indicates the average degree of polymerization, and w represents 0.1 to 30.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(式(AG)中、xは平均重合度を示し、xは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AH)中、yは平均重合度を示し、yは0.1~30を表す。)
(式(AI)中、zは平均重合度を示し、zは0.1~30を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(In the formula (AG), x indicates the average degree of polymerization, and x represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AH), y indicates the average degree of polymerization, and y represents 0.1 to 30.)
(In the formula (AI), z indicates the average degree of polymerization, and z represents 0.1 to 30.)
 式(1)で表される化合物が、上記式(A)~(Z)、(AA)~(AI)で表されるいずれかの化合物であると、原料が入手しやすく、しかも厚みが薄くても優れた密着性が得られる潤滑層を形成でき、好ましい。 When the compound represented by the formula (1) is any of the compounds represented by the above formulas (A) to (Z) and (AA) to (AI), the raw material is easily available and the thickness is thin. However, it is preferable because a lubricating layer capable of obtaining excellent adhesion can be formed.
 本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、数平均分子量(Mn)が500~10000の範囲内であることが好ましい。数平均分子量が500以上であると、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤が蒸散しにくいものとなる。このため、潤滑剤が蒸散して磁気ヘッドに移着することを防止でき、ピックアップおよびスピンオフの生じにくい潤滑層を形成できる。含フッ素エーテル化合物の数平均分子量は、1000以上であることがより好ましい。また、数平均分子量が10000以下であると、含フッ素エーテル化合物の粘度が適正なものとなり、これを含む潤滑剤を塗布することによって、容易に厚みの薄い潤滑層を形成できる。含フッ素エーテル化合物の数平均分子量は、潤滑剤に適用した場合に扱いやすい粘度となるため、3000以下であることがより好ましい。前記分子量は必要に応じて、500~9000であったり、650~7000であったり、800~5000であったり、900~4000であったり、1000~3000であったり、1100~2500であったり、1200~2000であったり、1200~1800であったりしてもよい。 The fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment preferably has a number average molecular weight (Mn) in the range of 500 to 10,000. When the number average molecular weight is 500 or more, the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment is difficult to evaporate. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lubricant from evaporating and transferring to the magnetic head, and it is possible to form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur. The number average molecular weight of the fluorine-containing ether compound is more preferably 1000 or more. Further, when the number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less, the viscosity of the fluorine-containing ether compound becomes appropriate, and by applying a lubricant containing this, a thin lubricating layer can be easily formed. The number average molecular weight of the fluorine-containing ether compound is more preferably 3000 or less because it has a viscosity that is easy to handle when applied to a lubricant. The molecular weight may be 500 to 9000, 650 to 7000, 800 to 5000, 900 to 4000, 1000 to 3000, 1100 to 2500, depending on the need. It may be 1200 to 2000 or 1200 to 1800.
 含フッ素エーテル化合物の数平均分子量(Mn)は、ブルカー・バイオスピン社製AVANCEIII400によるH-NMRおよび19F-NMRによって測定された値である。NMR(核磁気共鳴)の測定においては、試料をヘキサフルオロベンゼン、d-アセトン、d-テトラヒドロフランなどの単独または混合溶媒へ希釈し、測定に使用した。19F-NMRケミカルシフトの基準は、ヘキサフルオロベンゼンのピークを-164.7ppmとし、H-NMRケミカルシフトの基準は、アセトンのピークを2.2ppmとした。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the fluorine-containing ether compound is a value measured by 1 H-NMR and 19 F-NMR by AVANCE III400 manufactured by Bruker Biospin. In NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) measurements, the sample was diluted with a single or mixed solvent such as hexafluorobenzene, d-acetone, d-tetrahydrogen and used for the measurement. The standard for 19 F-NMR chemical shift was -164.7 ppm for the peak of hexafluorobenzene, and the standard for 1 H-NMR chemical shift was 2.2 ppm for the peak of acetone.
「製造方法」
 本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物の製造方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、従来公知の製造方法を用いて製造できる。本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、例えば、以下に示す製造方法を用いて製造できる。
 まず、式(1)におけるRに対応するパーフルオロポリエーテル鎖の両末端に、それぞれヒドロキシメチル基(-CHOH)が配置されたフッ素系化合物を用意する。
"Production method"
The method for producing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment is not particularly limited, and can be produced by using a conventionally known production method. The fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment can be produced, for example, by using the production method shown below.
First, a fluorine-based compound in which a hydroxymethyl group (-CH 2 OH) is arranged at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain corresponding to R 3 in the formula (1) is prepared.
 次いで、前記フッ素系化合物の一方の末端に配置されたヒドロキシメチル基の水酸基を、式(1)におけるR-R-からなる基に置換する(第1反応)。その後、他方の末端に配置されたヒドロキシメチル基の水酸基を、式(1)における-R-Rからなる末端基に置換する(第2反応)。
 第1反応および第2反応は、従来公知の方法を用いて行うことができ、式(1)におけるR、R、R、Rの種類などに応じて適宜決定できる。また、第1反応と第2反応のうち、どちらの反応を先に行ってもよい。R、Rが同じで、かつR、Rが同じである場合、第1反応と第2反応とを同時に行ってもよい。
 以上の方法により、式(1)で表される化合物が得られる。
Next, the hydroxyl group of the hydroxymethyl group arranged at one end of the fluorine-based compound is replaced with the group consisting of R1 - R2- in the formula ( 1 ) (first reaction). Then, the hydroxyl group of the hydroxymethyl group arranged at the other end is replaced with the terminal group consisting of —R4 −R5 in the formula (1) (second reaction).
The first reaction and the second reaction can be carried out by using conventionally known methods, and can be appropriately determined according to the types of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 and the like in the formula (1). Further, either of the first reaction and the second reaction may be performed first. When R 1 and R 5 are the same and R 2 and R 4 are the same, the first reaction and the second reaction may be performed at the same time.
By the above method, the compound represented by the formula (1) can be obtained.
 本実施形態においては、上記式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を製造するために、エポキシ化合物を用いることが好ましい。このエポキシ化合物は、市販品を購入してもよいし、合成してもよい。エポキシ化合物を合成する場合、製造する含フッ素エーテル化合物のRまたはRで表される末端基に対応する構造を有するオキシム化合物と、エピクロロヒドリン、エピブロモヒドリン、2-(2-ブロモエチル)オキシランから選ばれるいずれかとを用いて合成できる。エポキシ化合物は、不飽和結合を酸化する方法により合成してもよい。 In the present embodiment, it is preferable to use an epoxy compound in order to produce the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the above formula (1). This epoxy compound may be purchased commercially or may be synthesized. When synthesizing an epoxy compound, an oxime compound having a structure corresponding to a terminal group represented by R 1 or R 5 of the fluorine-containing ether compound to be produced, epichlorohydrin, epibromohydrin, 2- (2- (2-) It can be synthesized using any of bromoethyl) oxylans. Epoxy compounds may be synthesized by a method of oxidizing unsaturated bonds.
 本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物は、上記式(1)で表される化合物である。したがって、これを含む潤滑剤を用いて保護層上に潤滑層を形成すると、式(1)においてRで表されるPFPE鎖によって、保護層の表面が被覆されるとともに、磁気ヘッドと保護層との摩擦力が低減される。 The fluorine-containing ether compound of this embodiment is a compound represented by the above formula (1). Therefore, when a lubricating layer is formed on the protective layer using a lubricant containing this, the surface of the protective layer is covered with the PFPE chain represented by R3 in the formula ( 1 ), and the magnetic head and the protective layer are covered. The frictional force with and is reduced.
 また、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層では、RおよびR中のオキシム基の窒素原子、およびPFPE鎖に連結されたRとRにそれぞれ一つ以上含まれる極性基と、保護層との相互作用によって、PFPE鎖が保護層上に密着される。したがって、本実施形態の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑剤を用いることにより、潤滑層と保護層とが強固に結合され、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層が得られる。 Further, in the lubricating layer containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, the nitrogen atom of the oxime group in R 1 and R 5 and one or more polar groups contained in each of R 2 and R 4 linked to the PFPE chain are contained. The PFPE chain is brought into close contact with the protective layer by the interaction with the protective layer. Therefore, by using the lubricant containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present embodiment, the lubricating layer and the protective layer are firmly bonded to each other, and a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be obtained.
[磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤]
 本実施形態の磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤は、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む。
 本実施形態の潤滑剤は、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むことによる特性を損なわない範囲内であれば、潤滑剤の材料として使用されている公知の材料を、必要に応じて混合して用いることができる。
[Lubricant for magnetic recording medium]
The lubricant for a magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment contains a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1).
The lubricant of the present embodiment needs a known material used as a material of the lubricant as long as it does not impair the characteristics due to the inclusion of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1). Depending on the situation, they can be mixed and used.
 公知の材料の具体例としては、例えば、FOMBLIN(登録商標) ZDIAC、FOMBLIN ZDEAL、FOMBLIN AM-2001(以上、Solvay Solexis社製)、Moresco A20H(Moresco社製)などが挙げられる。本実施形態の潤滑剤と混合して用いる公知の材料は、数平均分子量が1000~10000であることが好ましい。 Specific examples of known materials include FOMBLIN (registered trademark) ZDIAC, FOMBLIN ZDEAL, FOMBLIN AM-2001 (all manufactured by Solvay Solexis), Moresco A20H (manufactured by Moresco), and the like. The known material used in combination with the lubricant of the present embodiment preferably has a number average molecular weight of 1000 to 10000.
 本実施形態の潤滑剤が、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物の他の材料を含む場合、本実施形態の潤滑剤中の式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物の含有量が50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は任意に選択でき、例を挙げれば、99質量%以下であっても良く、95質量%以下であっても良く、90質量%以下であっても、85質量%以下であっても良い。 When the lubricant of the present embodiment contains another material of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the inclusion of the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) in the lubricant of the present embodiment. The amount is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more. The upper limit can be arbitrarily selected, and for example, it may be 99% by mass or less, 95% by mass or less, 90% by mass or less, or 85% by mass or less. ..
 本実施形態の潤滑剤は、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むため、厚みを薄くしても、高い被覆率で保護層の表面を被覆でき、保護層との密着性に優れる潤滑層を形成できる。
 より詳細には、本実施形態の潤滑剤は、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むため、式(1)におけるRおよびR中のオキシム基、およびRとRにそれぞれ一つ以上含まれる極性基と、保護層との相互作用によって、優れた密着性が得られる潤滑層を形成できる。
 また、本実施形態の潤滑剤は、式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むため、保護層に密着(吸着)せずに存在している潤滑剤中の含フッ素エーテル化合物が、凝集しにくい。よって、本実施形態の潤滑剤を用いて形成した潤滑層では、含フッ素エーテル化合物が凝集して、異物(スメア)として磁気ヘッドに付着することを防止でき、ピックアップが抑制される。
Since the lubricant of the present embodiment contains the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the surface of the protective layer can be coated with a high coverage even if the thickness is reduced, and the adhesion with the protective layer is improved. An excellent lubricating layer can be formed.
More specifically, since the lubricant of the present embodiment contains a fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the oxime groups in R 1 and R 5 in the formula (1), and R 2 and R 4 By the interaction between the polar groups contained in one or more of each and the protective layer, a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion can be formed.
Further, since the lubricant of the present embodiment contains the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1), the fluorine-containing ether compound in the lubricant that exists without adhering (adsorbing) to the protective layer can be used. Hard to aggregate. Therefore, in the lubricating layer formed by using the lubricant of the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the fluorine-containing ether compound from aggregating and adhering to the magnetic head as a foreign substance (smear), and the pickup is suppressed.
[磁気記録媒体]
 本実施形態の磁気記録媒体は、基板上に、少なくとも磁性層と保護層と潤滑層が順次設けられたものである。
 本実施形態の磁気記録媒体では、基板と磁性層との間に、必要に応じて1層または2層以上の下地層を設けることができる。また、下地層と基板との間に付着層および/または軟磁性層を設けることもできる。
[Magnetic recording medium]
In the magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment, at least a magnetic layer, a protective layer, and a lubricating layer are sequentially provided on a substrate.
In the magnetic recording medium of the present embodiment, one layer or two or more base layers can be provided between the substrate and the magnetic layer, if necessary. Further, an adhesive layer and / or a soft magnetic layer may be provided between the base layer and the substrate.
 図1は、本発明の磁気記録媒体の一実施形態を示した概略断面図である。
 本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10は、基板11上に、付着層12と、軟磁性層13と、第1下地層14と、第2下地層15と、磁性層16と、保護層17と、潤滑層18とが順次設けられた構造をなしている。
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the magnetic recording medium of the present invention.
The magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has an adhesive layer 12, a soft magnetic layer 13, a first base layer 14, a second base layer 15, a magnetic layer 16, and a protective layer 17 on a substrate 11. It has a structure in which the lubricating layer 18 is sequentially provided.
「基板」
 基板11は、任意に選択できる。基板11としては、例えば、Alなどの金属、もしくはAl合金などの合金材料からなる基体上に、NiPまたはNiP合金からなる膜が形成された、非磁性基板等を好ましく用いることができる。
 基板11としては、ガラス、セラミックス、シリコン、シリコンカーバイド、カーボン、樹脂などの非金属材料からなる非磁性基板を用いてもよいし、これらの非金属材料からなる基体上に、さらにNiPまたはNiP合金からなる膜を形成した非磁性基板を用いてもよい。
"substrate"
The substrate 11 can be arbitrarily selected. As the substrate 11, for example, a non-magnetic substrate in which a film made of NiP or a NiP alloy is formed on a substrate made of a metal such as Al or an alloy material such as an Al alloy can be preferably used.
As the substrate 11, a non-magnetic substrate made of a non-metal material such as glass, ceramics, silicon, silicon carbide, carbon, or resin may be used, or a NiP or NiP alloy is further placed on the substrate made of these non-metal materials. A non-magnetic substrate having a film made of the same material may be used.
「付着層」
 付着層12は、基板11と、付着層12上に設けられる軟磁性層13とを接して配置した場合に生じる、基板11の腐食の進行を防止する。
 付着層12の材料は、任意に選択でき、例えば、Cr、Cr合金、Ti、Ti合金、CrTi、NiAl、AlRu合金等から適宜選択できる。付着層12は、例えば、スパッタリング法により形成できる。
"Adhesion layer"
The adhesive layer 12 prevents the progress of corrosion of the substrate 11 that occurs when the substrate 11 and the soft magnetic layer 13 provided on the adhesive layer 12 are arranged in contact with each other.
The material of the adhesion layer 12 can be arbitrarily selected, and for example, Cr, Cr alloy, Ti, Ti alloy, CrTi, NiAl, AlRu alloy and the like can be appropriately selected. The adhesive layer 12 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
「軟磁性層」
 軟磁性層13は、任意に選択でき、第1軟磁性膜と、Ru膜からなる中間層と、第2軟磁性膜とが順に積層された構造を有していることが好ましい。軟磁性層13は、2層の軟磁性膜の間に、Ru膜からなる中間層を挟み込むことによって、中間層の上下の軟磁性膜がアンチ・フェロ・カップリング(AFC)結合した構造を有していることが好ましい。
"Soft magnetic layer"
The soft magnetic layer 13 can be arbitrarily selected, and preferably has a structure in which a first soft magnetic film, an intermediate layer made of a Ru film, and a second soft magnetic film are laminated in this order. The soft magnetic layer 13 has a structure in which the upper and lower soft magnetic films of the intermediate layer are bonded by anti-ferro coupling (AFC) by sandwiching an intermediate layer made of a Ru film between the two soft magnetic films. It is preferable to do.
 第1軟磁性膜および第2軟磁性膜の材料としては、CoZrTa合金、CoFe合金などが挙げられる。
 第1軟磁性膜および第2軟磁性膜に使用されるCoFe合金には、Zr、Ta、Nbの何れかを添加することが好ましい。これにより、第1軟磁性膜および第2軟磁性膜の非晶質化が促進され、第1下地層(シード層)の配向性を向上させることが可能になるとともに、磁気ヘッドの浮上量を低減することが可能となる。
 軟磁性層13は、例えば、スパッタリング法により形成できる。
Examples of the material of the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film include CoZrTa alloy and CoFe alloy.
It is preferable to add any of Zr, Ta, and Nb to the CoFe alloy used for the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film. As a result, the amorphization of the first soft magnetic film and the second soft magnetic film is promoted, the orientation of the first base layer (seed layer) can be improved, and the floating amount of the magnetic head can be increased. It is possible to reduce it.
The soft magnetic layer 13 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
「第1下地層」
 第1下地層14は、その上に設けられる第2下地層15および磁性層16の配向と結晶サイズを制御する。
 第1下地層14としては、例えば、Cr層、Ta層、Ru層、あるいは、CrMo合金層、CoW合金層、CrW合金層、CrV合金層、CrTi合金層などが挙げられる。 第1下地層14は、例えば、スパッタリング法により形成できる。
"First base layer"
The first base layer 14 controls the orientation and crystal size of the second base layer 15 and the magnetic layer 16 provided on the first base layer 14.
Examples of the first base layer 14 include a Cr layer, a Ta layer, a Ru layer, a CrMo alloy layer, a CoW alloy layer, a CrW alloy layer, a CrV alloy layer, and a CrTi alloy layer. The first base layer 14 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
「第2下地層」
 第2下地層15は、磁性層16の配向が良好になるように制御する。第2下地層15は任意に選択でき、RuまたはRu合金からなる層であることが好ましい。
 第2下地層15は、1層からなる層であってもよいし、複数層から構成されていてもよい。第2下地層15が複数層からなる場合、全ての層が同じ材料から構成されていてもよいし、少なくとも一層が異なる材料から構成されていてもよい。
 第2下地層15は、例えば、スパッタリング法により形成できる。
"Second base layer"
The second base layer 15 is controlled so that the orientation of the magnetic layer 16 is good. The second base layer 15 can be arbitrarily selected, and is preferably a layer made of Ru or a Ru alloy.
The second base layer 15 may be a layer composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. When the second base layer 15 is composed of a plurality of layers, all the layers may be made of the same material, or at least one layer may be made of a different material.
The second base layer 15 can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
「磁性層」
 磁性層16は、磁化容易軸が基板面に対して垂直または水平方向を向いた磁性膜からなる。磁性層16は任意に選択でき、好ましくは、CoとPtを含む層である。磁性層16は、さらにSNR(Signal to Noise Ratio)特性を改善するために、酸化物、Cr、B、Cu、Ta、Zr等を含む層であってもよい。
 磁性層16に含有される酸化物としては、SiO、SiO、Cr、CoO、Ta、TiO等が挙げられる。
"Magnetic layer"
The magnetic layer 16 is made of a magnetic film whose axis for easy magnetization is perpendicular or horizontal to the substrate surface. The magnetic layer 16 can be arbitrarily selected, and is preferably a layer containing Co and Pt. The magnetic layer 16 may be a layer containing an oxide, Cr, B, Cu, Ta, Zr, etc. in order to further improve the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) property.
Examples of the oxide contained in the magnetic layer 16 include SiO 2 , SiO, Cr 2 O 3 , CoO, Ta 2 O 3 , TIO 2 and the like.
 磁性層16は、1層から構成されていてもよいし、組成の異なる材料からなる複数の磁性層から構成されていてもよい。
 例えば、磁性層16が、下から順に積層された第1磁性層と第2磁性層と第3磁性層の3層からなる場合、第1磁性層は、Co、Cr、Ptを含み、さらに酸化物を含んだ材料からなるグラニュラー構造であることが好ましい。第1磁性層に含有される酸化物としては、例えば、Cr、Si、Ta、Al、Ti、Mg、Co等の酸化物を用いることが好ましい。その中でも、特に、TiO、Cr、SiO等を好適に用いることができる。第1磁性層は、酸化物を2種類以上添加した複合酸化物からなることが好ましい。その中でも、特に、Cr-SiO、Cr-TiO、SiO-TiO等を好適に用いることができる。
The magnetic layer 16 may be composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of magnetic layers made of materials having different compositions.
For example, when the magnetic layer 16 is composed of three layers of a first magnetic layer, a second magnetic layer, and a third magnetic layer laminated in order from the bottom, the first magnetic layer contains Co, Cr, and Pt, and is further oxidized. It is preferable to have a granular structure made of a material containing an object. As the oxide contained in the first magnetic layer, for example, it is preferable to use an oxide such as Cr, Si, Ta, Al, Ti, Mg, Co. Among them, in particular, TiO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 , SiO 2 , and the like can be preferably used. The first magnetic layer is preferably made of a composite oxide to which two or more kinds of oxides are added. Among them, in particular, Cr 2 O 3 -SiO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 -TiO 2 , SiO 2 -TiO 2 , and the like can be preferably used.
 第1磁性層は、Co、Cr、Pt、及び、酸化物の他に、B、Ta、Mo、Cu、Nd、W、Nb、Sm、Tb、Ru、Reの中から選ばれる1種類以上の元素を含むことができる。
 第2磁性層には、第1磁性層と同様の材料を用いることができる。第2磁性層は、グラニュラー構造であることが好ましい。
The first magnetic layer is one or more types selected from B, Ta, Mo, Cu, Nd, W, Nb, Sm, Tb, Ru, and Re, in addition to Co, Cr, Pt, and oxides. Can contain elements.
The same material as the first magnetic layer can be used for the second magnetic layer. The second magnetic layer preferably has a granular structure.
 第3磁性層は、Co、Cr、Ptを含み、酸化物を含まない材料からなる非グラニュラー構造であることが好ましい。第3磁性層は、Co、Cr、Ptの他に、B、Ta、Mo、Cu、Nd、W、Nb、Sm、Tb、Ru、Re、Mnの中から選ばれる1種類以上の元素を含むことができる。 The third magnetic layer preferably has a non-granular structure made of a material containing Co, Cr and Pt and not containing oxides. In addition to Co, Cr, and Pt, the third magnetic layer contains one or more elements selected from B, Ta, Mo, Cu, Nd, W, Nb, Sm, Tb, Ru, Re, and Mn. be able to.
 磁性層16が複数の磁性層で形成されている場合、隣接する磁性層の間には、非磁性層を設けることが好ましい。磁性層16が、第1磁性層と第2磁性層と第3磁性層の3層からなる場合、第1磁性層と第2磁性層との間と、第2磁性層と第3磁性層との間に、非磁性層を設けることが好ましい。 When the magnetic layer 16 is formed of a plurality of magnetic layers, it is preferable to provide a non-magnetic layer between adjacent magnetic layers. When the magnetic layer 16 is composed of three layers of a first magnetic layer, a second magnetic layer, and a third magnetic layer, between the first magnetic layer and the second magnetic layer, and between the second magnetic layer and the third magnetic layer. It is preferable to provide a non-magnetic layer between the two.
 磁性層16の隣接する磁性層間に設けられる非磁性層は、例えば、Ru、Ru合金、CoCr合金、CoCrX1合金(X1は、Pt、Ta、Zr、Re、Ru、Cu、Nb、Ni、Mn、Ge、Si、O、N、W、Mo、Ti、V、Bの中から選ばれる1種または2種以上の元素を表す。)等を好適に用いることができる。 The non-magnetic layer provided between the adjacent magnetic layers of the magnetic layer 16 is, for example, Ru, Ru alloy, CoCr alloy, CoCrX1 alloy (X1 is Pt, Ta, Zr, Re, Ru, Cu, Nb, Ni, Mn, One or more elements selected from Ge, Si, O, N, W, Mo, Ti, V, and B) and the like can be preferably used.
 磁性層16の隣接する磁性層間に設けられる非磁性層には、酸化物、金属窒化物、または金属炭化物を含んだ合金材料を使用することが好ましい。具体的には、酸化物として、例えば、SiO、Al、Ta、Cr、MgO、Y、TiO等を用いることができる。金属窒化物として、例えば、AlN、Si、TaN、CrN等を用いることができる。金属炭化物として、例えば、TaC、BC、SiC等を用いることができる。
 非磁性層は、例えば、スパッタリング法により形成できる。
It is preferable to use an alloy material containing an oxide, a metal nitride, or a metal carbide for the non-magnetic layer provided between the adjacent magnetic layers of the magnetic layer 16. Specifically, as the oxide, for example, SiO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , Ta 2 O 5 , Cr 2 O 3 , MgO, Y 2 O 3 , TIO 2 and the like can be used. As the metal nitride, for example, AlN, Si 3N 4 , TaN, CrN and the like can be used. As the metal carbide, for example, TaC, BC, SiC and the like can be used.
The non-magnetic layer can be formed by, for example, a sputtering method.
 磁性層16は、より高い記録密度を実現するために、磁化容易軸が基板面に対して垂直方向を向いた垂直磁気記録の磁性層であることが好ましい。磁性層16は、面内磁気記録の磁性層であってもよい。
 磁性層16は、蒸着法、イオンビームスパッタ法、マグネトロンスパッタ法等、従来公知のいかなる方法によって形成してもよい。磁性層16は、通常、スパッタリング法により形成される。
The magnetic layer 16 is preferably a magnetic layer for perpendicular magnetic recording in which the axis of easy magnetization is oriented perpendicular to the substrate surface in order to realize a higher recording density. The magnetic layer 16 may be a magnetic layer for in-plane magnetic recording.
The magnetic layer 16 may be formed by any conventionally known method such as a vapor deposition method, an ion beam sputtering method, a magnetron sputtering method, or the like. The magnetic layer 16 is usually formed by a sputtering method.
「保護層」
 保護層17は、磁性層16を保護する。保護層17は、一層から構成されていてもよいし、複数層から構成されていてもよい。保護層17の材料としては、炭素、窒素を含む炭素、炭化ケイ素などが挙げられる。
 保護層17としては、炭素系保護層を好ましく用いることができ、特にアモルファス炭素保護層が好ましい。保護層17が炭素系保護層であると、潤滑層18中の含フッ素エーテル化合物に含まれる極性基(特に水酸基)との相互作用が一層高まるため、好ましい。
"Protective layer"
The protective layer 17 protects the magnetic layer 16. The protective layer 17 may be composed of one layer or may be composed of a plurality of layers. Examples of the material of the protective layer 17 include carbon, carbon containing nitrogen, silicon carbide and the like.
As the protective layer 17, a carbon-based protective layer can be preferably used, and an amorphous carbon protective layer is particularly preferable. When the protective layer 17 is a carbon-based protective layer, the interaction with the polar groups (particularly hydroxyl groups) contained in the fluorine-containing ether compound in the lubricating layer 18 is further enhanced, which is preferable.
 炭素系保護層と潤滑層18との付着力は、炭素系保護層を水素化炭素および/または窒素化炭素とし、炭素系保護層中の水素含有量および/または窒素含有量を調節することにより制御可能である。炭素系保護層中の水素含有量は、水素前方散乱法(HFS)で測定したときに3~20原子%であることが好ましい。また、炭素系保護層中の窒素含有量はX線光電子分光分析法(XPS)で測定したときに、4~15原子%であることが好ましい。 The adhesive force between the carbon-based protective layer and the lubricating layer 18 is determined by adjusting the hydrogen content and / or nitrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer by using the carbon-based protective layer as carbon hydride and / or carbon dioxide. It is controllable. The hydrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer is preferably 3 to 20 atomic% as measured by the hydrogen forward scattering method (HFS). The nitrogen content in the carbon-based protective layer is preferably 4 to 15 atomic% when measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).
 炭素系保護層に含まれる水素および/または窒素は、炭素系保護層全体に均一に含有されている必要はない。炭素系保護層は、例えば、保護層17の潤滑層18側に窒素を含有させ、保護層17の磁性層16側に水素を含有させた組成傾斜層とすることが好適である。この場合、磁性層16および潤滑層18と、炭素系保護層との付着力が、より一層向上する。 Hydrogen and / or nitrogen contained in the carbon-based protective layer need not be uniformly contained in the entire carbon-based protective layer. The carbon-based protective layer is preferably, for example, a composition gradient layer in which nitrogen is contained on the lubricating layer 18 side of the protective layer 17 and hydrogen is contained on the magnetic layer 16 side of the protective layer 17. In this case, the adhesive force between the magnetic layer 16 and the lubricating layer 18 and the carbon-based protective layer is further improved.
 保護層17の膜厚は、1nm~7nmとするのがよい。保護層17の膜厚が1nm以上であると、保護層17としての性能が充分に得られる。保護層17の膜厚が7nm以下であると、保護層17の薄膜化の観点から好ましい。 The film thickness of the protective layer 17 is preferably 1 nm to 7 nm. When the film thickness of the protective layer 17 is 1 nm or more, the performance as the protective layer 17 can be sufficiently obtained. When the film thickness of the protective layer 17 is 7 nm or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of thinning the protective layer 17.
 保護層17の成膜方法としては、炭素を含むターゲット材を用いるスパッタ法、エチレンやトルエン等の炭化水素原料を用いるCVD(化学蒸着法)法、IBD(イオンビーム蒸着)法等を用いることができる。
 保護層17として炭素系保護層を形成する場合、例えばDCマグネトロンスパッタリング法により成膜できる。特に、保護層17として炭素系保護層を形成する場合、プラズマCVD法により、アモルファス炭素保護層を成膜することが好ましい。プラズマCVD法により成膜したアモルファス炭素保護層は、表面が均一で、粗さが小さいものとなる。
As a film forming method for the protective layer 17, a sputtering method using a target material containing carbon, a CVD (chemical vapor deposition) method using a hydrocarbon raw material such as ethylene or toluene, an IBD (ion beam vapor deposition) method, or the like can be used. can.
When a carbon-based protective layer is formed as the protective layer 17, the film can be formed by, for example, a DC magnetron sputtering method. In particular, when a carbon-based protective layer is formed as the protective layer 17, it is preferable to form an amorphous carbon protective layer by a plasma CVD method. The amorphous carbon protective layer formed by the plasma CVD method has a uniform surface and a small roughness.
「潤滑層」
 潤滑層18は、磁気記録媒体10の汚染を防止する。また、潤滑層18は、磁気記録媒体10上を摺動する磁気記録再生装置の磁気ヘッドの摩擦力を低減させて、磁気記録媒体10の耐久性を向上させる。
 潤滑層18は、図1に示すように、保護層17上に接して形成されている。潤滑層18は、上述の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む。
"Lubrication layer"
The lubricating layer 18 prevents contamination of the magnetic recording medium 10. Further, the lubricating layer 18 reduces the frictional force of the magnetic head of the magnetic recording / reproducing device sliding on the magnetic recording medium 10 to improve the durability of the magnetic recording medium 10.
As shown in FIG. 1, the lubricating layer 18 is formed in contact with the protective layer 17. The lubricating layer 18 contains the above-mentioned fluorine-containing ether compound.
 潤滑層18は、潤滑層18の下に配置されている保護層17が、炭素系保護層である場合、特に、保護層17と高い結合力で結合される。その結果、潤滑層18の厚みが薄くても、高い被覆率で保護層17の表面が被覆された磁気記録媒体10が得られやすく、磁気記録媒体10の表面の汚染を効果的に防止できる。 The lubricating layer 18 is bonded to the protective layer 17 with a high bonding force, especially when the protective layer 17 arranged under the lubricating layer 18 is a carbon-based protective layer. As a result, even if the thickness of the lubricating layer 18 is thin, it is easy to obtain a magnetic recording medium 10 in which the surface of the protective layer 17 is covered with a high coverage, and it is possible to effectively prevent contamination of the surface of the magnetic recording medium 10.
 潤滑層18の平均膜厚は、任意に選択でき、0.5nm(5Å)~2.0nm(20Å)であることが好ましく、0.5nm(5Å)~1.0nm(10Å)であることがより好ましい。潤滑層18の平均膜厚が0.5nm以上であると、潤滑層18がアイランド状または網目状とならずに均一の膜厚で形成される。このため、潤滑層18によって、保護層17の表面を高い被覆率で被覆できる。また、潤滑層18の平均膜厚を2.0nm以下にすることで、潤滑層18を充分に薄膜化でき、磁気ヘッドの浮上量を十分小さくできる。 The average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 can be arbitrarily selected, preferably 0.5 nm (5 Å) to 2.0 nm (20 Å), and preferably 0.5 nm (5 Å) to 1.0 nm (10 Å). More preferred. When the average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 is 0.5 nm or more, the lubricating layer 18 is formed with a uniform film thickness without forming an island shape or a mesh shape. Therefore, the surface of the protective layer 17 can be covered with a high coverage by the lubricating layer 18. Further, by setting the average film thickness of the lubricating layer 18 to 2.0 nm or less, the lubricating layer 18 can be sufficiently thinned, and the floating amount of the magnetic head can be sufficiently reduced.
 保護層17の表面が潤滑層18によって十分に高い被覆率で被覆されていない場合、磁気記録媒体10の表面に吸着した環境物質が、潤滑層18の隙間を通り抜けて、潤滑層18の下層に侵入する。潤滑層18の下層に侵入した環境物質は、保護層17と吸着、結合し、汚染物質を生成する。そして、磁気記録再生の際に、この汚染物質(凝集成分)がスメアとして磁気ヘッドに付着(転写)して、磁気ヘッドを破損したり、磁気記録再生装置の磁気記録再生特性を低下させたりする。 When the surface of the protective layer 17 is not covered with a sufficiently high coverage by the lubricating layer 18, the environmental substances adsorbed on the surface of the magnetic recording medium 10 pass through the gaps of the lubricating layer 18 and become the lower layer of the lubricating layer 18. invade. Environmental substances that have entered the lower layer of the lubricating layer 18 are adsorbed and bonded to the protective layer 17 to generate contaminants. Then, during magnetic recording / reproduction, this contaminant (aggregate component) adheres (transfers) to the magnetic head as a smear, damaging the magnetic head or deteriorating the magnetic recording / reproducing characteristics of the magnetic recording / reproducing device. ..
 汚染物質を生成させる環境物質としては、例えば、シロキサン化合物(環状シロキサン、直鎖シロキサン)、イオン性不純物、オクタコサン等の比較的分子量の高い炭化水素、フタル酸ジオクチル等の可塑剤等が挙げられる。イオン性不純物に含まれる金属イオンとしては、例えば、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン等を挙げることができる。イオン性不純物に含まれる無機イオンとしては、例えば、塩素イオン、臭素イオン、硝酸イオン、硫酸イオン、アンモニウムイオン等を挙げることができる。イオン性不純物に含まれる有機物イオンとしては、例えば、シュウ酸イオン、蟻酸イオン等を挙げることができる。 Examples of environmental substances that generate contaminants include siloxane compounds (cyclic siloxanes, linear siloxanes), ionic impurities, hydrocarbons with relatively high molecular weight such as octacosan, and plasticizers such as dioctyl phthalate. Examples of the metal ion contained in the ionic impurities include sodium ion and potassium ion. Examples of the inorganic ions contained in the ionic impurities include chloride ions, bromine ions, nitrate ions, sulfate ions, and ammonium ions. Examples of the organic ion contained in the ionic impurities include oxalate ion and formic acid ion.
「潤滑層の形成方法」
 潤滑層18を形成する方法としては、例えば、基板11上に保護層17までの各層が形成された製造途中の磁気記録媒体を用意し、保護層17上に潤滑層形成用溶液を塗布し、乾燥させる方法が挙げられる。
"Method of forming a lubricating layer"
As a method for forming the lubricating layer 18, for example, a magnetic recording medium in the middle of manufacturing in which each layer up to the protective layer 17 is formed on the substrate 11 is prepared, and a solution for forming the lubricating layer is applied on the protective layer 17. Examples include a method of drying.
 潤滑層形成用溶液は、上述の実施形態の磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤を必要に応じて、溶媒に分散溶解させ、塗布方法に適した粘度および濃度とすることにより得られる。
 潤滑層形成用溶液に用いられる溶媒としては、例えば、バートレル(登録商標)XF(商品名、三井デュポンフロロケミカル社製)等のフッ素系溶媒等が挙げられる。
The lubricating layer forming solution is obtained by dissolving and dissolving the lubricant for the magnetic recording medium of the above-described embodiment in a solvent, if necessary, to obtain a viscosity and concentration suitable for the coating method.
Examples of the solvent used for the solution for forming the lubricating layer include fluorine-based solvents such as Bertrel (registered trademark) XF (trade name, manufactured by Mitsui DuPont Fluorochemical Co., Ltd.).
 潤滑層形成用溶液の塗布方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、スピンコート法、スプレイ法、ペーパーコート法、ディップ法等が挙げられる。
 ディップ法を用いる場合、例えば、以下に示す方法を用いることができる。まず、ディップコート装置の浸漬槽に入れられた潤滑層形成用溶液中に、保護層17までの各層が形成された基板11を浸漬する。次いで、浸漬槽から基板11を所定の速度で引き上げる。このことにより、潤滑層形成用溶液を基板11の保護層17上の表面に塗布する。
 ディップ法を用いることで、潤滑層形成用溶液を保護層17の表面に均一に塗布することができ、保護層17上に均一な膜厚で潤滑層18を形成できる。
The method for applying the solution for forming the lubricating layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spin coating method, a spray method, a paper coating method, and a dip method.
When the dip method is used, for example, the method shown below can be used. First, the substrate 11 on which each layer up to the protective layer 17 is formed is immersed in the lubricating layer forming solution contained in the dipping tank of the dip coating device. Next, the substrate 11 is pulled up from the immersion tank at a predetermined speed. As a result, the lubricating layer forming solution is applied to the surface of the substrate 11 on the protective layer 17.
By using the dip method, the solution for forming the lubricating layer can be uniformly applied to the surface of the protective layer 17, and the lubricating layer 18 can be formed on the protective layer 17 with a uniform film thickness.
 本実施形態においては、潤滑層18を形成した基板11に熱処理を施すことが好ましい。熱処理を施すことにより、潤滑層18と保護層17との密着性が向上し、潤滑層18と保護層17との付着力が向上する。
 熱処理温度は100~180℃とすることが好ましい。熱処理温度が100℃以上であると、潤滑層18と保護層17との密着性を向上させる効果が十分に得られる。また、熱処理温度を180℃以下にすることで、潤滑層18の熱分解を防止できる。熱処理時間は10~120分とすることが好ましい。
In the present embodiment, it is preferable to heat-treat the substrate 11 on which the lubricating layer 18 is formed. By applying the heat treatment, the adhesion between the lubricating layer 18 and the protective layer 17 is improved, and the adhesive force between the lubricating layer 18 and the protective layer 17 is improved.
The heat treatment temperature is preferably 100 to 180 ° C. When the heat treatment temperature is 100 ° C. or higher, the effect of improving the adhesion between the lubricating layer 18 and the protective layer 17 can be sufficiently obtained. Further, by setting the heat treatment temperature to 180 ° C. or lower, thermal decomposition of the lubricating layer 18 can be prevented. The heat treatment time is preferably 10 to 120 minutes.
 本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10は、基板11上に、少なくとも磁性層16と、保護層17と、潤滑層18とが順次設けられたものである。本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10では、保護層17上に接して上述の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む潤滑層18が形成されている。この潤滑層18は、保護層17との密着性が良好であり、厚みが薄くても、高い被覆率で保護層17の表面を被覆できる。したがって、本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10は、スピンオフの生じにくい潤滑層18を有する。 In the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment, at least a magnetic layer 16, a protective layer 17, and a lubricating layer 18 are sequentially provided on a substrate 11. In the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment, the lubricating layer 18 containing the above-mentioned fluorine-containing ether compound is formed in contact with the protective layer 17. The lubricating layer 18 has good adhesion to the protective layer 17, and can cover the surface of the protective layer 17 with a high coverage even if the thickness is thin. Therefore, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has a lubricating layer 18 in which spin-off is unlikely to occur.
 また、本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10では、保護層17との密着性が良好な潤滑層18によって、高い被覆率で保護層17の表面が被覆されている。このため、イオン性不純物などの汚染物質を生成させる環境物質が、潤滑層18の隙間から侵入することが防止される。したがって、本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10は、表面上に存在する汚染物質が少ないものである。また、本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10における潤滑層18は、異物(スメア)を生じさせにくく、ピックアップを抑制できる。
 以上のことから、本実施形態の磁気記録媒体10は、優れた信頼性および耐久性を有する。
Further, in the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment, the surface of the protective layer 17 is covered with a high coverage by the lubricating layer 18 having good adhesion to the protective layer 17. Therefore, environmental substances that generate contaminants such as ionic impurities are prevented from entering through the gaps in the lubricating layer 18. Therefore, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has a small amount of contaminants present on the surface. Further, the lubricating layer 18 in the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment is less likely to generate foreign matter (smear) and can suppress pickup.
From the above, the magnetic recording medium 10 of the present embodiment has excellent reliability and durability.
 以下、実施例および比較例により本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。なお、本発明は、以下の実施例のみに限定されない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples.
「潤滑剤の製造」
(実施例1)
 以下に示す方法により、上記式(A)で示される化合物を製造した。
 まず、下記式(15)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとを、ジクロロメタン中で反応させて下記式(16)で表される化合物を合成した。
"Manufacturing of lubricant"
(Example 1)
The compound represented by the above formula (A) was produced by the method shown below.
First, the compound represented by the following formula (15) and epibromohydrin were reacted in dichloromethane to synthesize the compound represented by the following formula (16).
 下記式(15)で表される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。エチレングリコールの片側のヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。次いで、得られた化合物を50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。 The compound represented by the following formula (15) was synthesized by the method shown below. The hydroxy group on one side of ethylene glycol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. Then, the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 次に、窒素雰囲気下で200mLのナスフラスコに、HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテル(数平均分子量1000、分子量分布1.1)20gと、式(16)で表される化合物9.47g(分子量215.12、44mmol)と、t-ブタノール20mLとを投入して、室温で均一になるまで撹拌した。 Next, in a 200 mL eggplant flask under a nitrogen atmosphere, HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. 20 g of a fluoropolyether (number average molecular weight 1000, molecular weight distribution 1.1) represented by 5 and n indicating an average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and compound 9 represented by the formula (16). .47 g (molecular weight 215.12, 44 mmol) and 20 mL of t-butanol were added and stirred at room temperature until uniform.
 この均一の液にカリウムtert-ブトキシド0.90g(分子量112.21、8mmol)を加え、70℃で14時間撹拌して反応させた。反応後に得られた反応液を室温に戻し、10%の塩化水素・メタノール溶液(塩化水素-メタノール試薬(5-10%)東京化成工業株式会社製)33gを加え、室温で2時間撹拌した。反応液を食塩水100mLが入った分液漏斗に少しずつ移し、酢酸エチル200mLを用いて3回抽出した。有機層を食塩水100mL、飽和重曹水100mL、食塩水100mLの順で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムによる脱水を行った。乾燥剤(無水硫酸ナトリウム)を濾別後、濾液を濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製して、式(A)で示される化合物(式(A)中、平均重合度を示すmaは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnaは4.5である。)を12.6g得た。 To this uniform liquid, 0.90 g of potassium tert-butoxide (molecular weight 112.21, 8 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at 70 ° C. for 14 hours. The reaction solution obtained after the reaction was returned to room temperature, 33 g of a 10% hydrogen chloride / methanol solution (hydrogen chloride-methanol reagent (5-10%) manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was gradually transferred to a separating funnel containing 100 mL of saline solution, and extracted three times using 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed in the order of 100 mL of saline solution, 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and 100 mL of saline solution, and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtering out the drying agent (anhydrous sodium sulfate), the filtrate is concentrated, and the residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography. The compound represented by the formula (A) (ma showing the average degree of polymerization in the formula (A)) Is 4.5, and na indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 12.6 g.
 得られた化合物(A)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(A);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (A) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (A); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 3.4 to 3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例2)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(18)で示される化合物を10.1g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(B)で示される化合物(式(B)中、平均重合度を示すmbは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnbは4.5である。)を12.9g得た。
(Example 2)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 10.1 g of the compound represented by the following formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (B) was used. (In the formula (B), mb indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nb indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 12.9 g.
 式(18)で示される化合物は、式(17)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとを、ジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(17)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。1,3-プロパンジオールの片側のヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。次いで、得られた化合物を50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (18) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (17) was synthesized by the method shown below. The hydroxy group on one side of 1,3-propanediol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. Then, the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 得られた化合物(B)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(B);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (B) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (B); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例3)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(20)で示される化合物を10.7g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(C)で示される化合物(式(C)中、平均重合度を示すmcは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すncは4.5である。)を13.2g得た。
(Example 3)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 10.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (20) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (C) was used. (In the formula (C), mc indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nc indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in 13.2 g.
 式(20)で示される化合物は、式(19)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(19)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。1,4-ブタンジオールの片側のヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。次いで、得られた化合物を50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (20) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (19) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (19) was synthesized by the method shown below. The hydroxy group on one side of 1,4-butanediol was protected with dihydropyran and oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. Then, the obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 得られた化合物(C)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(C);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.8(4H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (C) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (C); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.8 (4H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例4)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(22)で示される化合物を8.9g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(D)で示される化合物(式(D)中、平均重合度を示すmdは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すndは4.5である。)を13.2g得た。
(Example 4)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 8.9 g of the compound represented by the following formula (22) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (D) was used. (In the formula (D), md indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nd indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in 13.2 g.
 式(22)で示される化合物は、式(21)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(21)で示される化合物は、ソルケタールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて得た化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (22) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (21) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (21) is synthesized by reacting a compound obtained by oxidizing Solketal with dess-Martin peryodinan in dichloromethane in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate. did.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 得られた化合物(D)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(D);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]3.4~3.9(26H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (D) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (D); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 3.4 to 3.9 (26H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例5)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(24)で示される化合物を9.5g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(E)で示される化合物(式(E)中、平均重合度を示すmeは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すneは4.5である。)を13.5g得た。
(Example 5)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 9.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (24) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (E) was used. (In the formula (E), me indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ne indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
 式(24)で示される化合物は、式(23)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(23)で示される化合物は、(2,2-ジメチル-1,3-ジオキサン-5-イル)メタノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて得た化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (24) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (23) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (23) is a compound obtained by oxidizing (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-5-yl) methanol in dichloromethane using Dess-Martin peryodinane. It was synthesized by reacting hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 得られた化合物(E)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(E);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(2H)、3.4~3.9(28H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (E) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (E); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (2H), 3.4-3.9 (28H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例6)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(26)で示される化合物を9.5g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(F)で示される化合物(式(F)中、平均重合度を示すmfは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnfは4.5である。)を13.5g得た。
(Example 6)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 9.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (26) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (F) was used. (In the formula (F), mf indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nf indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
 式(26)で示される化合物は、式(25)で表される化合物とエピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(25)で示される化合物は、(2,2-ジメチル-1,3-ジオキサン-4-イル)メタノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて得た化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (26) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (25) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (25) is a compound obtained by oxidizing (2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4-yl) methanol in dichloromethane using Dess-Martin peryodinane. It was synthesized by reacting hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 得られた化合物(F)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(F);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(2H)、3.4~3.9(28H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (F) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (F); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (2H), 3.4-3.9 (28H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例7)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(28)で示される化合物を14.5g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(G)で示される化合物(式(G)中、平均重合度を示すmgは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すngは4.5である。)を13.2g得た。
(Example 7)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 14.5 g of the compound represented by the following formula (28) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (G) was used. (In the formula (G), mg indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ng indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in 13.2 g.
 式(28)で示される化合物は、式(27)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(27)で示される化合物は、1,3-ジヒドロキシアセトンのヒドロキシ基を、ジヒドロピランで保護し、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (28) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (27) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (27) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,3-dihydroxyacetone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 得られた化合物(G)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(G);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]3.4~3.9(28H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (G) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (G); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 3.4 to 3.9 (28H)
(実施例8)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(30)で示される化合物を15.7g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(H)で示される化合物(式(H)中、平均重合度を示すmhは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnhは4.5である。)を13.8g得た。
(Example 8)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (30) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (H) was used. (In the formula (H), mh indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nh indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.8 g.
 式(30)で示される化合物は、式(29)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(29)で示される化合物は、1,5-ジヒドロキシ-3-ペンタノンのヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (30) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (29) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (29) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,5-dihydroxy-3-pentanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 得られた化合物(H)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(H);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(8H)、3.4~3.9(28H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (H) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (H); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (8H), 3.4-3.9 (28H)
(実施例9)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(32)で示される化合物を15.1g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(I)で示される化合物(式(I)中、平均重合度を示すmiは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すniは4.5である。)を13.5g得た。
(Example 9)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.1 g of the compound represented by the following formula (32) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (I) was used. (In the formula (I), mi indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ni indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
 式(32)で示される化合物は、式(31)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(31)で示される化合物は、1,4-ジヒドロキシ-2-ブタノンのヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (32) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (31) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (31) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,4-dihydroxy-2-butanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 得られた化合物(I)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(I);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(28H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (I) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (I); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (28H)
(実施例10)
 式(16)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(34)で示される化合物を15.7g用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様な操作を行い、上記式(J)で示される化合物(式(J)中、平均重合度を示すmjは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnjは4.5である。)を13.8g得た。
(Example 10)
The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out except that 15.7 g of the compound represented by the following formula (34) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (16), and the compound represented by the above formula (J) was used. (In the formula (J), mj indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nj indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 13.8 g.
 式(34)で示される化合物は、式(33)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(33)で示される化合物は、1,5-ジヒドロキシ-2-ペンタノンのヒドロキシ基をジヒドロピランで保護し、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (34) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (33) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (33) was synthesized by protecting the hydroxy group of 1,5-dihydroxy-2-pentanone with dihydropyran and reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 得られた化合物(J)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(J);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.8(4H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(28H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (J) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (J); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.8 (4H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (28H)
(実施例11)
 エピブロモヒドリンの代わりに、2-(2-ブロモエチル)オキシランを用いたこと以外は、実施例2と同様な操作を行い、上記式(K)で示される化合物(式(K)中、平均重合度を示すmkは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnkは4.5である。)を13.2g得た。
(Example 11)
The same procedure as in Example 2 was carried out except that 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane was used instead of epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (K) (mean among the formulas (K)) was averaged. The mk indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nk indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).) Was obtained in an amount of 13.2 g.
 得られた化合物(K)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(K);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(2H)、2.2~2.4(2H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (K) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (K); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (2H), 2.2 to 2.4 (2H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4 to 3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例12)
 エピブロモヒドリンの代わりに、2-(3-ブロモプロピル)オキシランを用いたこと以外は、実施例2と同様な操作を行い、上記式(L)で示される化合物(式(L)中、平均重合度を示すmlは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnlは4.5である。)を13.5g得た。
(Example 12)
The same procedure as in Example 2 was carried out except that 2- (3-bromopropyl) oxylane was used instead of epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (L) (in the formula (L)), The ml indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nl indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 13.5 g.
 得られた化合物(L)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(L);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(2H)、2.2~2.4(6H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (L) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (L); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (2H), 2.2 to 2.4 (6H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4 to 3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例13)
 エピブロモヒドリンの代わりに、式(35)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例2と同様な操作を行い、上記式(M)で示される化合物(式(M)中、平均重合度を示すmmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnmは4.5である。)を15.0g得た。
 式(35)で示される化合物は、アリルエーテルの二重結合を酸化させて合成した。
(Example 13)
The same operation as in Example 2 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (35) was used instead of the epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (M) (mean in the formula (M)). The mm indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nm indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 15.0 g.
The compound represented by the formula (35) was synthesized by oxidizing the double bond of allyl ether.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 得られた化合物(M)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(M);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(34H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (M) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (M); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (34H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例14)
 エピブロモヒドリンの代わりに、式(36)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例2と同様な操作を行い、上記式(N)で示される化合物(式(N)中、平均重合度を示すmnは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnnは4.5である。)を15.6g得た。
 式(36)で示される化合物は、3-ブテニルエーテルの二重結合を酸化させて合成した。
(Example 14)
The same operation as in Example 2 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (36) was used instead of the epibromohydrin, and the compound represented by the above formula (N) (mean in the formula (N)). The mn indicating the degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the nn indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).) Was obtained in an amount of 15.6 g.
The compound represented by the formula (36) was synthesized by oxidizing the double bond of 3-butenyl ether.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 得られた化合物(N)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(N);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(4H)、2.2~2.4(4H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(34H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (N) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (N); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (4H), 2.2 to 2.4 (4H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4 to 3.9 (34H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例15)
 以下に示す方法により、上記式(O)で示される化合物を製造した。
 窒素ガス雰囲気下、100mLナスフラスコにHOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテル(数平均分子量1000、分子量分布1.1)20.0gと、下記式(37)で示される化合物3.65gと、t-ブタノール12mLとを仕込み、室温で均一になるまで撹拌した。この均一の液にさらにカリウムtert-ブトキシド0.674gを加え、70℃で8時間撹拌して反応させ、反応生成物を得た。
(Example 15)
The compound represented by the above formula (O) was produced by the method shown below.
In a nitrogen gas atmosphere, in a 100 mL eggplant flask, HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5. 20.0 g of a fluoropolyether (number average molecular weight 1000, molecular weight distribution 1.1) represented by (n is 4.5) indicating an average degree of polymerization and 3.65 g of a compound represented by the following formula (37). And 12 mL of t-butanol were charged and stirred at room temperature until uniform. Further, 0.674 g of potassium tert-butoxide was added to this uniform liquid, and the mixture was stirred and reacted at 70 ° C. for 8 hours to obtain a reaction product.
 得られた反応生成物を25℃に冷却し、水100mLが入った分液漏斗へ移し、酢酸エチル100mLを用いて3回抽出した。有機層を水洗し、無水硫酸ナトリウムによって脱水した。乾燥剤を濾別した後、濾液を濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、中間体として下記式(38)で示される化合物を10.4g得た。 The obtained reaction product was cooled to 25 ° C., transferred to a separating funnel containing 100 mL of water, and extracted three times using 100 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the desiccant was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 10.4 g of the compound represented by the following formula (38) as an intermediate.
 式(37)で示される化合物は、式(17)で表される化合物と式(35)で表される化合物とを反応させて合成した。 The compound represented by the formula (37) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with the compound represented by the formula (35).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

(式(38)中、平均重合度を示すmoは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnoは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

(In the formula (38), mo indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and no indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 4-ペンテニルエーテルの二重結合を酸化させて、下記式(39)で示される化合物を合成した。
 また、式(17)で表される化合物と式(39)で表される化合物とを反応させて、下記式(40)で示される化合物を合成した。
The double bond of 4-pentenyl ether was oxidized to synthesize the compound represented by the following formula (39).
Further, the compound represented by the formula (17) was reacted with the compound represented by the formula (39) to synthesize the compound represented by the following formula (40).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 窒素ガス雰囲気下で200mLナスフラスコに、上記式(38)で示される化合物6.52gと、式(40)で示される化合物2.16gと、t-ブタノール50mLとを仕込み、室温で均一になるまで撹拌した。この均一の液にカリウムtert-ブトキシドを0.168g加え、70℃で16時間撹拌して反応させ、反応生成物を得た。 In a nitrogen gas atmosphere, 6.52 g of the compound represented by the above formula (38), 2.16 g of the compound represented by the formula (40) and 50 mL of t-butanol are charged in a 200 mL eggplant flask and become uniform at room temperature. Stirred to. To this uniform solution, 0.168 g of potassium tert-butoxide was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 16 hours to react to obtain a reaction product.
 得られた反応生成物を25℃に冷却し、10%の塩化水素・メタノール溶液(塩化水素-メタノール試薬(5-10%)東京化成工業株式会社製)33gを加え、室温で2時間撹拌した。反応液を食塩水100mLが入った分液漏斗に少しずつ移し、酢酸エチル200mLを用いて3回抽出した。有機層を食塩水100mL、飽和重曹水100mL、食塩水100mLの順で洗浄し、無水硫酸ナトリウムによる脱水を行った。乾燥剤(無水硫酸ナトリウム)を濾別後、濾液を濃縮し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製して、上記式(O)で示される化合物(式(O)中、平均重合度を示すmoは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnoは4.5である。)を5.24g得た。 The obtained reaction product was cooled to 25 ° C., 33 g of a 10% hydrogen chloride / methanol solution (hydrogen chloride-methanol reagent (5-10%) manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. .. The reaction solution was gradually transferred to a separating funnel containing 100 mL of saline solution, and extracted three times using 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed in the order of 100 mL of saline solution, 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and 100 mL of saline solution, and dehydrated with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtering out the drying agent (anhydrous sodium sulfate), the filtrate is concentrated, and the residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography to show the average degree of polymerization in the compound represented by the above formula (O) (formula (O)). The mo was 4.5, and the no indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 5.24 g.
 得られた化合物(O)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(O);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(6H)、2.2~2.4(2H)2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(34H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (O) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (O); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (6H), 2.2 to 2.4 (2H) 2.5 (4H), 3.4 to 3.9 (34H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例16)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(16)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(41)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(41)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(18)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(P)で示される化合物(式(P)中、平均重合度を示すmpは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnpは4.5である。)を4.47g得た。
(Example 16)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (16) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (41) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (41) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (18). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (P) (in the formula (P), the mp showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The np indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.47 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(式(41)中、平均重合度を示すmpは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnpは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

(In the formula (41), mp indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and np indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(P)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(P);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(2H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (P) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (P); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (2H), 3.4-3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例17)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(18)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(42)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(42)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(20)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(Q)で示される化合物(式(Q)中、平均重合度を示すmqは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnqは4.5である。)を4.57g得た。
(Example 17)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (42) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (42) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (20). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mq indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (Q) (in the formula (Q)), the average polymerization was carried out. The nq indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.57 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

(式(42)中、平均重合度を示すmqは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnqは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

(In the formula (42), mq indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nq indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(Q)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(Q);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.8(2H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(22H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (Q) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (Q); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.8 (2H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (22H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例18)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(22)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(43)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(43)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(24)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(R)で示される化合物(式(R)中、平均重合度を示すmrは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnrは4.5である。)を4.68g得た。
(Example 18)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (22) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (43) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (43) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (24). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (R) (in the formula (R), mr indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The nr indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.68 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

(式(43)中、平均重合度を示すmrは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnrは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

(In the formula (43), mr indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nr indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(R)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(R);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.8(1H)、3.4~3.9(27H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (R) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (R); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.8 (1H), 3.4-3.9 (27H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例19)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(26)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(44)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(44)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(32)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(S)で示される化合物(式(S)中、平均重合度を示すmsは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnsは4.5である。)を4.68g得た。
(Example 19)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (26) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (44) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (44) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (32). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the above compound (S) was used. In the compound represented by the above formula (S), ms indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The ns indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.68 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

(式(44)中、平均重合度を示すmsは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnsは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

(In the formula (44), ms indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ns indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(S)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(S);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(1H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(2H)、3.4~3.9(27H)、7.4(1H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (S) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (S); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (1H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (2H), 3.4 to 3.9 (27H), 7.4 (1H)
(実施例20)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(47)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(45)で示される化合物を得た。
(Example 20)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (47) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (45) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
 式(47)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。50%エタノール水溶液中で、1,3-ジオキセパン-5-カルバルデヒドとヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムとを反応させて式(46)で示される化合物を合成した。その後、式(46)で示される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとを反応させて、式(47)で示される化合物を合成した。 The compound represented by the formula (47) was synthesized by the method shown below. The compound represented by the formula (46) was synthesized by reacting 1,3-dioxepan-5-carbaldehyde with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution. Then, the compound represented by the formula (46) was reacted with epibromohydrin to synthesize the compound represented by the formula (47).
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(45)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(28)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(T)で示される化合物(式(T)中、平均重合度を示すmtは4.5、平均重合度を示すntは4.5である。)を4.78g得た。 Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (45) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (28). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (T) (in the formula (T), the mt showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average degree of polymerization was set to 4.5. The indicated nt is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.78 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

(式(45)中、平均重合度を示すmtは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すntは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

(In the formula (45), the mt indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and the nt indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(T)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(T);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.8(2H)、2.5(1H)、3.4~3.9(30H)、7.4(1H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (T) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (T); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.8 (2H), 2.5 (1H), 3.4-3.9 (30H), 7.4 (1H)
(実施例21)
 実施例20と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(45)で示される化合物と同じである下記式(48)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として式(48)で示される化合物を用い、式(28)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(18)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例20と同様な操作を行い、上記式(U)で示される化合物(式(U)中、平均重合度を示すmuは4.5、平均重合度を示すnuは4.5である。)を4.68g得た。
(Example 21)
The same operation as in Example 20 was carried out to obtain a compound represented by the following formula (48), which is the same as the compound represented by the formula (45) as an intermediate.
Then, the same operation as in Example 20 except that the compound represented by the formula (48) was used as an intermediate and the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (28). Was carried out to obtain 4.68 g of the compound represented by the above formula (U) (in the formula (U), mu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

(式(48)中、平均重合度を示すmuは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnuは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038

(In the formula (48), mu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nu indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(U)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(U);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.8(2H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (U) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (U); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.8 (2H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4-3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例22)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(50)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(49)で示される化合物を得た。
 式(50)で示される化合物は、式(17)で示される化合物と2-(2-ブロモエチル)オキシランとを反応させて合成した。
(Example 22)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (50) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (49) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
The compound represented by the formula (50) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (17) with 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane.
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(49)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(20)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(V)で示される化合物(式(V)中、平均重合度を示すmvは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnvは4.5である。)を4.62g得た。 Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (49) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (20). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mv indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (V) (in the formula (V)), the average polymerization was carried out. The nv indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.62 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

(式(49)中、平均重合度を示すmvは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnvは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

(In the formula (49), the mv indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and the nv indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(V)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(V);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(2H)、3.4~3.9(24H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (V) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (V); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (2H), 3.4 to 3.9 (24H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例23)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(52)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(51)で示される化合物を得た。
 式(52)で示される化合物は、式(15)で示される化合物と2-(2-ブロモエチル)オキシランとを反応させて合成した。
(Example 23)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (52) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37), and the compound represented by the formula (51) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
The compound represented by the formula (52) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (15) with 2- (2-bromoethyl) oxylane.
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(51)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(53)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(W)で示される化合物(式(W)中、平均重合度を示すmwは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnwは4.5である。)を4.77g得た。
 式(53)で示される化合物は、式(46)で示される化合物と2-(3-ブロモプロピル)オキシランとを反応させて合成した。
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (51) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was replaced by the following formula (53). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the indicated compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (W) (in the formula (W), mw indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, which was an average. The nw indicating the degree of polymerization is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.77 g.
The compound represented by the formula (53) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (46) with 2- (3-bromopropyl) oxylane.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

(式(51)中、平均重合度を示すmwは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnwは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

(In the formula (51), mw indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nw indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(W)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(W);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(6H)、2.2~2.4(2H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(23H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (W) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (W); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (6H), 2.2 to 2.4 (2H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (23H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例24)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(50)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(54)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(54)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(47)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(X)で示される化合物(式(X)中、平均重合度を示すmxは4.5、平均重合度を示すnxは4.5である。)を4.73g得た。
(Example 24)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (50) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (54) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (54) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (47). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (X) (in the formula (X), mx indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average degree of polymerization was set to 4.5. The indicated nx is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 4.73 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

(式(54)中、平均重合度を示すmxは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnxは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

(In the formula (54), mx indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nx indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(X)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(X);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (X) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (X); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例25)
 実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(38)で示される化合物と同じである式(55)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(18)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(Y)で示される化合物(式(Y)中、平均重合度を示すmyは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnyは4.5である。)を4.78g得た。
(Example 25)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out to obtain a compound represented by the formula (55), which is the same as the compound represented by the formula (38) as an intermediate.
Then, the same operation as in Example 15 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (40), and the compound represented by the above formula (Y) (formula). In (Y), my indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and ny indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).) Was obtained in an amount of 4.78 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(式(55)中、平均重合度を示すmyは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnyは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042

(In the formula (55), my indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and ny indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(Y)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(Y);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(28H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (Y) was carried out, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (Y); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (28H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例26)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(57)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(56)で示される化合物を得た。
 式(57)で示される化合物は、式(36)で示される化合物と式(17)で示される化合物とを反応させて合成した。
(Example 26)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (57) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (56) as an intermediate. rice field.
The compound represented by the formula (57) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (36) with the compound represented by the formula (17).
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(56)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(37)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(Z)で示される化合物(式(Z)中、平均重合度を示すmzは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnzは4.5である。)を5.09g得た。 Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (56) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (37). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the mz indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5 in the compound represented by the above formula (Z) (in the formula (Z)), the average polymerization was carried out. The nz indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 5.09 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(式(56)中、平均重合度を示すmzは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnzは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(In the formula (56), mz indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nz indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(Z)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(Z);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(2H)、2.2~2.4(2H)、2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(32H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (Z) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (Z); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (2H), 2.2 to 2.4 (2H), 2.5 (4H), 3.4 to 3.9 (32H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例27)
 式(37)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(18)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(58)で示される化合物を得た。
 そして、中間体として、式(38)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(58)で示される化合物を用いたことと、式(40)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(32)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例15と同様な操作を行い、上記式(AA)で示される化合物(式(AA)中、平均重合度を示すmAは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnAは4.5である。)を5.09g得た。
(Example 27)
The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the compound represented by the formula (18) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (37) to obtain the compound represented by the formula (58) as an intermediate. rice field.
Then, as an intermediate, the compound represented by the formula (58) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (38), and the compound represented by the formula (40) was represented by the formula (32). The same operation as in Example 15 was carried out except that the above compound was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (AA) (in the formula (AA), mA showing the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and the average polymerization was performed. The nA indicating the degree is 4.5.) Was obtained in an amount of 5.09 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(式(58)中、平均重合度を示すmAは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnAは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(In the formula (58), mA indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nA indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AA)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AA);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(4H)、3.4~3.9(38H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AA) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AA); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (4H), 3.4-3.9 (38H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例28)
 式(50)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(60)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(59)で示される化合物を得た。
(Example 28)
The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (60) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (59) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
 式(60)で示される化合物は、下記式(61)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(61)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。3-(3-ブテン-1-イロキシ)-1-プロパノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。得られた化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (60) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (61) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (61) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (3-Butene-1-iroxy) -1-propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. The obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
 そして、中間体として、式(54)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(59)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、上記式(AB)で示される化合物(式(AB)中、平均重合度を示すmBは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnBは4.5である。)を4.89g得た。 Then, the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (59) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AB) was used. 4.89 g of the compound (in the formula (AB), mB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(式(59)中、平均重合度を示すmBは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnBは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(In the formula (59), mB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AB)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AB);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(1H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(32H)、5.0~5.1(1H)、5.1~5.2(1H)、5.8~6.0(1H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AB) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AB); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (1H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (32H), 5.0 to 5. 1 (1H), 5.1 to 5.2 (1H), 5.8 to 6.0 (1H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例29)
 式(50)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(63)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(62)で示される化合物を得た。
(Example 29)
The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (63) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (62) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
 式(63)で示される化合物は、式(64)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンとをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(64)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。3-ブトキシプロパノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。得られた化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (63) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the formula (64) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (64) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3-Butoxypropanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. The obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
 そして、中間体として、式(54)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(62)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、上記式(AC)で示される化合物(式(AC)中、平均重合度を示すmCは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnCは4.5である。)を4.87g得た。 Then, the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (62) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AC) was used. 4.87 g of the compound (mC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 in the formula (AC)) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(式(62)中、平均重合度を示すmCは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnCは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(In the formula (62), mC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AC)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AC);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]0.9~1.1(5H)、1.6~2.0(1H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(45H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AC) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AC); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 0.9 to 1.1 (5H), 1.6 to 2.0 (1H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3. 9 (45H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例30)
 式(50)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(66)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(65)で示される化合物を得た。
(Example 30)
The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (66) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (65) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
 式(66)で示される化合物は、下記式(67)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(67)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。3-(2-プロピニルオキシ)プロパノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。得られた化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (66) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (67) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (67) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (2-Propinyloxy) propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. The obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
 そして、中間体として、式(54)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(65)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、上記式(AD)で示される化合物(式(AD)中、平均重合度を示すmDは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnDは4.5である。)を4.80g得た。 Then, the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (65) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AD) was used. 4.80 g of the compound (mD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 and nD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5 in the formula (AD)) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(式(65)中、平均重合度を示すmDは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnDは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(In the formula (65), the mD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and the nD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AD)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AD);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(3H)、2.7(1H)、3.4~3.9(32H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AD) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AD); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (3H), 2.7 (1H), 3.4-3.9 (32H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例31)
 式(50)で示される化合物の代わりに、下記式(69)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(68)で示される化合物を得た。
(Example 31)
The same operation as in Example 24 was carried out except that the compound represented by the following formula (69) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (50), and the compound represented by the formula (68) was used as an intermediate. Obtained.
 式(69)で示される化合物は、下記式(70)で表される化合物と、エピブロモヒドリンをジクロロメタン中で反応させて合成した。
 式(70)で示される化合物は、以下に示す方法により合成した。3-(4-メトキシフェノキシ)プロパノールを、デス・マーチンペルヨージナンを用いてジクロロメタン中で酸化させて化合物を得た。得られた化合物を、50%エタノール水溶液中で、ヒドロキシルアミンと炭酸カリウムに反応させて合成した。
The compound represented by the formula (69) was synthesized by reacting the compound represented by the following formula (70) with epibromohydrin in dichloromethane.
The compound represented by the formula (70) was synthesized by the method shown below. 3- (4-Methoxyphenoxy) propanol was oxidized in dichloromethane with Dess-Martin peryodinane to give the compound. The obtained compound was synthesized by reacting with hydroxylamine and potassium carbonate in a 50% aqueous ethanol solution.
 そして、中間体として、式(54)で示される化合物の代わりに、式(68)で示される化合物を用いたこと以外は、実施例24と同様な操作を行い、上記式(AE)で示される化合物(式(AE)中、平均重合度を示すmEは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnEは4.5である。)を5.04g得た。 Then, the same operation as in Example 24 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (68) was used instead of the compound represented by the formula (54) as the intermediate, and the compound represented by the above formula (AE) was used. In the formula (AE), mE indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5, and nE indicating the average degree of polymerization was 4.5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(式(68)中、平均重合度を示すmEは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnEは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(In the formula (68), mE indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and nE indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AE)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AE);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(31H)、6.8(4H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AE) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AE); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 2.5 (3H), 3.4-3.9 (31H), 6.8 (4H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例32)
 HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルの代わりに、HOCHCFO(CFCFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すwは7.0である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルを用いたこと以外は、実施例21と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(71)で示される化合物を経て、上記式(AF)で示される化合物(式(AF)中、平均重合度を示すwは7.0である。)を4.59g得た。
(Example 32)
HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) w CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, w indicating the average degree of polymerization is 7.0) instead of the fluoropolyether represented by 5). The same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by the above formula (AF) was used, and the compound represented by the above formula (AF) was passed through the compound represented by the formula (71) as an intermediate. In the formula (AF), w indicating the average degree of polymerization is 7.0) was obtained in an amount of 4.59 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(式(71)中、平均重合度を示すwは7.0である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(In formula (71), w indicating the average degree of polymerization is 7.0.)
 得られた化合物(AF)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AF);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AF) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AF); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例33)
 HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルの代わりに、HOCHCFCFO(CFCFCFO)CFCFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すxは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルを用いたこと以外は、実施例21と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(72)で示される化合物を経て、上記式(AG)で示される化合物(式(AG)中、平均重合度を示すxは4.5である。)を4.70g得た。
(Example 33)
HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) x CF 2 CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, x indicating the average degree of polymerization) instead of the fluoropolyether represented by (5). Is 4.5.), Except for the fact that the fluoropolyether represented by the above formula (AG) was used, the same operation as in Example 21 was carried out, and the compound represented by the formula (72) was passed as an intermediate, and then the above formula (AG) was used. ) (X in the formula (AG), which indicates the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained in an amount of 4.70 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(式(72)中、平均重合度を示すxは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(In formula (72), x indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AG)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AG);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AG) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AG); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例34)
 HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルの代わりに、HOCHCFCFCFO(CFCFCFCFO)CFCFCFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すyは3.0である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルを用いたこと以外は、実施例21と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(73)で示される化合物を経て、上記式(AH)で示される化合物(式(AH)中、平均重合度を示すyは3.0である。)を4.71g得た。
(Example 34)
HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) y CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, The same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by (3), which indicates the average degree of polymerization, was used, and the compound represented by the formula (73) was used as an intermediate. Then, 4.71 g of the compound represented by the above formula (AH) (in the formula (AH), y showing the average degree of polymerization is 3.0) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

(式(73)中、平均重合度を示すyは3.0である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

(In formula (73), y indicating the average degree of polymerization is 3.0.)
 得られた化合物(AH)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AH);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AH) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AH); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
(実施例35)
 HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルの代わりに、HOCHCF(CF)(OCF(CF)CFOCF(CF)CHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すzは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルを用いたこと以外は、実施例21と同様な操作を行い、中間体として式(74)で示される化合物を経て、上記式(AI)で示される化合物(式(AI)中、平均重合度を示すzは4.5である。)を4.71g得た。
(Example 35)
HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (In the formula, m indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4. HOCH 2 CF (CF 3 ) (OCF (CF 3 ) CF 2 ) z OCF (CF 3 ) CH 2 OH (in the formula, the average degree of polymerization is shown) instead of the fluoropolyether represented by 5). The same operation as in Example 21 was carried out except that the fluoropolyether represented by (z) was 4.5, and the compound represented by the formula (74) was passed as an intermediate to the above formula (z). 4.71 g of the compound represented by AI) (in the formula (AI), z indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

(式(74)中、平均重合度を示すzは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

(In formula (74), z indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 得られた化合物(AI)のH-NMR測定を行い、以下の結果により構造を同定した。
化合物(AI);H-NMR(CDCOCD);
δ[ppm]1.6~2.0(3H)、2.2~2.4(1H)、2.5(3H)、3.4~3.9(25H)、7.4(2H)
1 H-NMR measurement of the obtained compound (AI) was performed, and the structure was identified by the following results.
Compound (AI); 1 1 H-NMR (CD 3 COCD 3 );
δ [ppm] 1.6 to 2.0 (3H), 2.2 to 2.4 (1H), 2.5 (3H), 3.4 to 3.9 (25H), 7.4 (2H)
 このようにして得られた実施例1~35の化合物を、式(1)に当てはめたときのRの構造(式(2)におけるX、Y)を表1に示す。また、式(1)に当てはめたときのRの構造(式(3)中の[A]におけるa、[B]におけるb、c、[C]におけるd、e)、Rの構造、Rの構造(式(3)中の[A]におけるa、[B]におけるb、c、[C]におけるd、e)を表2に示す。式(1)に当てはめたときのRの構造(式(2)におけるX、Y)、分子中に含まれる水酸基[-OH]の合計数を表3に示す。 Table 1 shows the structure of R1 (X, Y in the formula (2)) when the compounds of Examples 1 to 35 thus obtained are applied to the formula (1). Further, the structure of R 2 when applied to the formula (1) (a in [A] in the formula (3), b, c in [B], d, e in [C]), the structure of R 3 The structure of R4 (a in [A], b, c in [B], d, e in [C]) in the formula (3) is shown in Table 2. Table 3 shows the total number of the structures of R5 ( X, Y in the formula (2)) and the hydroxyl groups [-OH] contained in the molecule when applied to the formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
「比較例1」
 下記式(AJ)で表される化合物を特許文献1に記載の方法で合成した。
"Comparative Example 1"
The compound represented by the following formula (AJ) was synthesized by the method described in Patent Document 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056


(式(AJ)中、平均重合度を示すjAは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すkAは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056


(In the formula (AJ), jA indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and kA indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
「比較例2」
 下記式(AK)で表される化合物の市販品を用いた。
"Comparative Example 2"
A commercially available compound represented by the following formula (AK) was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

(式(AK)中、平均重合度を示すjBは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すkBは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

(In the formula (AK), jB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and kB indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
「比較例3」
 下記式(AL)で表される化合物を特許文献3に記載の方法で合成した。
"Comparative Example 3"
The compound represented by the following formula (AL) was synthesized by the method described in Patent Document 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058

(式(AL)中、平均重合度を示すjCは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すkCは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058

(In the formula (AL), jC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and kC indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
「比較例4」
 下記式(AM)で表される化合物を特許文献3に記載の方法で合成した。すなわち、特許文献3に記載の式(33)で示される化合物を、HOCHCFO(CFCFO)(CFO)CFCHOH(式中、平均重合度を示すmは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すnは4.5である。)で表されるフルオロポリエーテルと反応させた。
"Comparative Example 4"
The compound represented by the following formula (AM) was synthesized by the method described in Patent Document 3. That is, the compound represented by the formula (33) described in Patent Document 3 is HOCH 2 CF 2 O (CF 2 CF 2 O) m (CF 2 O) n CF 2 CH 2 OH (in the formula, the average degree of polymerization is determined. The indicated m is 4.5, and the n indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

(式(AM)中、平均重合度を示すjDは4.5であり、平均重合度を示すkDは4.5である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

(In the formula (AM), jD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5, and kD indicating the average degree of polymerization is 4.5.)
 このようにして得られた実施例1~35および比較例1~4の化合物の数平均分子量(Mn)を表4に示す。 Table 4 shows the number average molecular weights (Mn) of the compounds of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 thus obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
 次に、以下に示す方法により、実施例1~35および比較例1~4で得られた化合物を用いて潤滑層形成用溶液を調製した。そして、得られた潤滑層形成用溶液を用いて、以下に示す方法により、磁気記録媒体の潤滑層を形成し、実施例1~35および比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体を得た。 Next, a solution for forming a lubricating layer was prepared using the compounds obtained in Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 by the methods shown below. Then, using the obtained lubricating layer forming solution, the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording medium was formed by the method shown below, and the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were obtained.
「潤滑層形成用溶液」
 実施例1~35および比較例1~4で得られた化合物を、それぞれバートレル(登録商標)XFに溶解し、保護層上に塗布した時の膜厚が9Åになるようにバートレル(登録商標)XFで希釈し、潤滑層形成用溶液とした。
"Solution for forming a lubricating layer"
The compounds obtained in Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were each dissolved in Bertrel (registered trademark) XF, and the film thickness when applied onto the protective layer was 9 Å. It was diluted with XF to prepare a solution for forming a lubricating layer.
「磁気記録媒体」
 直径65mmの基板上に、付着層と軟磁性層と第1下地層と第2下地層と磁性層と保護層とを順次設けた磁気記録媒体を用意した。保護層は、炭素からなるものとした。
 保護層までの各層の形成された磁気記録媒体の保護層上に、実施例1~35および比較例1~4の潤滑層形成用溶液を、それぞれディップ法により塗布した。なお、ディップ法は、浸漬速度10mm/sec、浸漬時間30sec、引き上げ速度1.2mm/secの条件で行った。
 その後、潤滑層形成用溶液を塗布した磁気記録媒体を、120℃の恒温槽に入れ、10分間加熱して潤滑層形成用溶液中の溶媒を除去することにより、保護層上に潤滑層を形成し、磁気記録媒体を得た。
"Magnetic recording medium"
A magnetic recording medium in which an adhesive layer, a soft magnetic layer, a first base layer, a second base layer, a magnetic layer, and a protective layer are sequentially provided on a substrate having a diameter of 65 mm was prepared. The protective layer was made of carbon.
The solutions for forming a lubricating layer of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 were applied onto the protective layer of the magnetic recording medium on which each layer up to the protective layer was formed by a dip method. The dipping method was performed under the conditions of a dipping speed of 10 mm / sec, a dipping time of 30 sec, and a pulling speed of 1.2 mm / sec.
After that, the magnetic recording medium coated with the solution for forming the lubricating layer is placed in a constant temperature bath at 120 ° C. and heated for 10 minutes to remove the solvent in the solution for forming the lubricating layer to form the lubricating layer on the protective layer. Then, a magnetic recording medium was obtained.
 このようにして得られた実施例1~35および比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体の有する潤滑層の膜厚を、FT-IR(商品名:Nicolet iS50、Thermo Fisher Scientific社製)を用いて測定した。その結果を表4に示す。 The film thickness of the lubricating layer of the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 thus obtained was measured by using FT-IR (trade name: Nicolet iS50, Thermo Fisher Scientific). It was measured. The results are shown in Table 4.
 次に、実施例1~35および比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体に対して、以下に示す試験を行ない、ボンド率、ピックアップ特性、スピンオフ特性を評価した。その結果を表4に示す。 Next, the following tests were performed on the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, and the bond ratio, pickup characteristics, and spin-off characteristics were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 4.
(潤滑層と保護層との密着性(ボンド率)測定)
 潤滑層の形成された磁気記録媒体を、溶媒であるバートレルXF中に10分間浸漬して、引き上げる方法により洗浄した。磁気記録媒体を溶媒中に浸漬する速度は10mm/secとし、引き上げる速度は1.2mm/secとした。その後、洗浄前に行った潤滑層の膜厚測定と同じ方法で、潤滑層の膜厚を測定した。
(Measurement of adhesion (bond ratio) between lubricating layer and protective layer)
The magnetic recording medium on which the lubricating layer was formed was washed by immersing it in the solvent Bartrel XF for 10 minutes and pulling it up. The speed at which the magnetic recording medium was immersed in the solvent was 10 mm / sec, and the speed at which the magnetic recording medium was pulled up was 1.2 mm / sec. After that, the film thickness of the lubricating layer was measured by the same method as the film thickness measurement of the lubricating layer performed before cleaning.
 そして、洗浄前の潤滑層の膜厚をα、洗浄後(溶媒浸漬後)の潤滑層の膜厚をβとし、αとβとの比((β/α)×100(%))である潤滑剤の結合率(ボンド率)を算出した。算出したボンド率を用いて、潤滑層と保護層との密着性を以下の評価基準で評価した。
 ボンド率は、潤滑層と保護層との結合力を表す指標として利用できる。潤滑層と保護層との密着性が悪いと、潤滑層に含まれる含フッ素エーテル化合物の一部がバートレルXFへ溶け出し、洗い流される。このため、洗浄後の潤滑層の膜厚が小さくなり、ボンド率が低下する。
The thickness of the lubricating layer before cleaning is α, the thickness of the lubricating layer after cleaning (after immersion in the solvent) is β, and the ratio of α to β ((β / α) × 100 (%)). The bond rate (bond rate) of the lubricant was calculated. Using the calculated bond ratio, the adhesion between the lubricating layer and the protective layer was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
The bond ratio can be used as an index showing the bonding force between the lubricating layer and the protective layer. If the adhesion between the lubricating layer and the protective layer is poor, a part of the fluorine-containing ether compound contained in the lubricating layer is dissolved into Bertrel XF and washed away. Therefore, the film thickness of the lubricating layer after cleaning becomes small, and the bond ratio decreases.
「密着性(ボンド率)の評価基準」
◎(優):ボンド率75%以上
〇(良):ボンド率70%~74%
△(可):ボンド率50%~69%
×(不可):ボンド率49%以下
"Evaluation criteria for adhesion (bond rate)"
◎ (excellent): Bond rate 75% or more 〇 (Good): Bond rate 70% -74%
△ (possible): Bond rate 50% to 69%
× (impossible): Bond rate 49% or less
(ピックアップ特性試験)
 スピンスタンドに磁気記録媒体および磁気ヘッドを装着し、常温減圧下(約250torr)で回転を行い、10分間磁気ヘッドを定点浮上させた。その後、磁気ヘッドの磁気記録媒体と相対する面を、ESCA(Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis)分析装置を用いて分析した。ESCA分析で得られたフッ素由来ピークの強度(信号強度(a.u.))は、磁気ヘッドへの潤滑剤の付着量を示す。得られた信号強度を用いて、以下に示す評価基準により、ピックアップ特性を評価した。
(Pickup characteristic test)
A magnetic recording medium and a magnetic head were attached to the spin stand, rotated under normal temperature and reduced pressure (about 250 torr), and the magnetic head was levitated at a fixed point for 10 minutes. Then, the surface of the magnetic head facing the magnetic recording medium was analyzed using an ESCA (Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis) analyzer. The intensity of the fluorine-derived peak (signal intensity (a.u.)) obtained by ESCA analysis indicates the amount of the lubricant attached to the magnetic head. Using the obtained signal strength, the pickup characteristics were evaluated according to the evaluation criteria shown below.
「ピックアップ特性の評価基準」
◎(優):信号強度160以下(付着量が非常に少ない)
〇(良):信号強度161~300(付着量が少ない)
△(可):信号強度301~1000(付着量が多い)
×(不可):信号強度1001以上(付着量が非常に多い)
"Evaluation criteria for pickup characteristics"
◎ (excellent): Signal strength 160 or less (adhesion amount is very small)
〇 (Good): Signal strength 161 to 300 (small amount of adhesion)
△ (possible): Signal strength 301 to 1000 (large amount of adhesion)
× (impossible): Signal strength 1001 or more (adhesion amount is very large)
(スピンオフ特性試験)
 スピンスタンドに磁気記録媒体を装着し、80℃の環境下、回転速度10000rpmで72時間にわたり回転させた。この操作の前後において、磁気記録媒体の中心から半径20mmの位置における潤滑層の膜厚をFT-IRで測定し、試験前後での潤滑層の膜厚減少率({1-(試験後膜厚/試験前膜厚)}×100(%))を算出した。算出した膜厚減少率を用いて、以下に示す評価基準により、スピンオフ特性を評価した。
(Spin-off characteristic test)
A magnetic recording medium was attached to the spin stand and rotated at a rotation speed of 10000 rpm for 72 hours in an environment of 80 ° C. Before and after this operation, the film thickness of the lubricating layer at a position with a radius of 20 mm from the center of the magnetic recording medium was measured by FT-IR, and the film thickness reduction rate of the lubricating layer before and after the test ({1- (film thickness after test). / Pre-test film thickness)} × 100 (%)) was calculated. Using the calculated film thickness reduction rate, the spin-off characteristics were evaluated according to the evaluation criteria shown below.
「スピンオフ特性の評価基準」
◎(優):膜厚減少率2%以下
〇(良):膜厚減少率2%より大きく3%以下
△(可):膜厚減少率3%より大きく9%以下
×(不可):膜厚減少率9%より大きい
"Evaluation criteria for spin-off characteristics"
◎ (excellent): film thickness reduction rate 2% or less 〇 (good): film thickness reduction rate greater than 2% and 3% or less △ (possible): film thickness reduction rate greater than 3% and 9% or less × (impossible): film Thickness reduction rate greater than 9%
 これらの結果から、以下に示す評価基準により、総合評価を行った。
「総合評価」
◎(優):ボンド率、ピックアップ特性、スピンオフ特性の評価がすべて◎である。
〇(良):ボンド率、ピックアップ特性、スピンオフ特性の評価が◎または〇であり、そのうちの1つ以上が〇である。
△(可):ボンド率、ピックアップ特性、スピンオフ特性の評価のうちの1つ以上が△であり、×がない。
×(不可):ボンド率、ピックアップ特性、スピンオフ特性の評価のうちの1つ以上が×である。
Based on these results, a comprehensive evaluation was performed according to the evaluation criteria shown below.
"Comprehensive evaluation"
◎ (excellent): The evaluation of bond rate, pickup characteristics, and spin-off characteristics are all ◎.
〇 (Good): The evaluation of bond rate, pickup characteristics, and spin-off characteristics is ◎ or 〇, and one or more of them is 〇.
Δ (possible): One or more of the evaluations of the bond rate, the pickup characteristic, and the spin-off characteristic is Δ, and there is no ×.
× (impossible): One or more of the evaluations of the bond rate, the pickup characteristic, and the spin-off characteristic is ×.
 表4に示すように、実施例1~35の磁気記録媒体は、比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体と比較して、ボンド率が高く、潤滑層と保護層との密着性が良好であった。
 また、表4に示すように、実施例1~35の磁気記録媒体は、比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体と比較して、ESCA分析で得られたフッ素由来の信号強度が小さく、ピックアップが抑制されていることが明らかになった。
 また、表4に示すように、実施例1~35の磁気記録媒体は、比較例1~4の磁気記録媒体と比較して、膜厚減少率が小さく、スピンオフが抑制されていることが明らかになった。
As shown in Table 4, the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a higher bond ratio and better adhesion between the lubricating layer and the protective layer than the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4. rice field.
Further, as shown in Table 4, the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a smaller signal intensity derived from fluorine obtained by ESCA analysis than the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4, and the pickup can be used. It became clear that it was suppressed.
Further, as shown in Table 4, it is clear that the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35 have a smaller film thickness reduction rate and suppress spin-off as compared with the magnetic recording media of Comparative Examples 1 to 4. Became.
 これらの結果は、実施例1~35の磁気記録媒体では、潤滑層に含まれる式(1)で表される含フッ素エーテル化合物が、両末端にオキシム基を含む式(2)で表される末端基を有し、両末端基とパーフルオロポリエーテル鎖との間にそれぞれ、極性基(水酸基)を含む連結基が配置されたものであることによるものと推定される。
 特に、実施例1~35の磁気記録媒体のうち、分子中に含まれる水酸基[-OH]の合計数が5以下である化合物(A)~(C)、(K)、(L)、(P)、(Q)、(U)~(Y)、(AA)~(AI)を用いた実施例1~3、11、12、16、17、21~25、27~35の磁気記録媒体は、総合評価が◎(優)であり、良好な結果であった。
These results show that in the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35, the fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the lubricating layer is represented by the formula (2) containing an oxime group at both ends. It is presumed that this is because it has a terminal group and a linking group containing a polar group (hydroxyl group) is arranged between both terminal groups and the perfluoropolyether chain.
In particular, among the magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 35, the compounds (A) to (C), (K), (L), (L), in which the total number of hydroxyl groups [-OH] contained in the molecule is 5 or less. Magnetic recording media of Examples 1 to 3, 11, 12, 16, 17, 21 to 25, 27 to 35 using P), (Q), (U) to (Y), (AA) to (AI). The overall evaluation was ◎ (excellent), which was a good result.
 実施例1~3、11、12(化合物(A)~(C)、(K)、(L))と、比較例3(化合物(AL))とでは、化合物分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が同じである。また、実施例4~10、13~15(化合物(D)~(J)、(M)~(O))と、比較例4(化合物(AM))とでは、化合物分子中に含まれる水酸基の合計数が同じである。このことから、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖の両末端にそれぞれ、オキシム基(-C=N-O-)を含む末端基を配置することにより、ボンド率、ピックアップ特性およびスピンオフ特性が向上したものと推定される。これらの結果は、保護層との相互作用が水酸基と同等であって、水酸基との分子内相互作用が小さいオキシム基(-C=N-O-)を、分子の両末端に導入した含フッ素エーテル化合物を用いることにより、潤滑層の保護層への密着性が向上したことによるものと推測される。 In Examples 1 to 3, 11, 12 (Compounds (A) to (C), (K), (L)) and Comparative Example 3 (Compound (AL)), the total number of hydroxyl groups contained in the compound molecule. The numbers are the same. Further, in Examples 4 to 10 and 13 to 15 (Compounds (D) to (J), (M) to (O)) and Comparative Example 4 (Compound (AM)), the hydroxyl groups contained in the compound molecule. The total number of is the same. From this, it is presumed that the bond rate, pickup characteristics and spin-off characteristics were improved by arranging terminal groups containing an oxime group (-C = NO-) at both ends of the perfluoropolyether chain. Will be done. These results show that oxime groups (-C = NO-), which have the same interaction with the protective layer as the hydroxyl group and have a small intramolecular interaction with the hydroxyl group, are introduced into both ends of the molecule and contain fluorine. It is presumed that the use of the ether compound improved the adhesion of the lubricating layer to the protective layer.
 本発明の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含む磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤を用いることにより、厚みが薄くても、優れた密着性を有する潤滑層を形成できる。
 すなわち、本発明によれば、厚みが薄くても優れた密着性を有し、ピックアップおよびスピンオフの生じにくい潤滑層を形成でき、磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤の材料として好適な含フッ素エーテル化合物を提供できる。
By using the lubricant for a magnetic recording medium containing the fluorine-containing ether compound of the present invention, it is possible to form a lubricating layer having excellent adhesion even if the thickness is thin.
That is, according to the present invention, there is provided a fluorine-containing ether compound that has excellent adhesion even if it is thin, can form a lubricating layer in which pickup and spin-off are unlikely to occur, and is suitable as a material for a lubricant for a magnetic recording medium. can.
 10・・・磁気記録媒体、11・・・基板、12・・・付着層、13・・・軟磁性層、14・・・第1下地層、15・・・第2下地層、16・・・磁性層、17・・・保護層、18・・・潤滑層。 10 ... Magnetic recording medium, 11 ... Substrate, 12 ... Adhesive layer, 13 ... Soft magnetic layer, 14 ... First base layer, 15 ... Second base layer, 16 ... -Magnetic layer, 17 ... protective layer, 18 ... lubricating layer.

Claims (13)

  1.  下記式(1)で表されることを特徴とする含フッ素エーテル化合物。
     R-R-CH-R-CH-R-R   (1)
    (式(1)中、RおよびRはそれぞれ、オキシム基を含む下記式(2)で表される末端基である;RおよびRはそれぞれ、極性基を有する2価の連結基である;Rは、パーフルオロポリエーテル鎖である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式(2)中、XおよびYはそれぞれ、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、二重結合または三重結合を有する有機基のいずれかである。)
    A fluorine-containing ether compound represented by the following formula (1).
    R 1 -R 2 -CH 2 -R 3 -CH 2 -R 4 -R 5 (1)
    (In formula (1), R 1 and R 5 are terminal groups represented by the following formula (2) containing an oxime group, respectively; R 2 and R 4 are divalent linking groups having polar groups, respectively. R 3 is a perfluoropolyether chain.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the formula (2), X and Y are either a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an organic group having a double bond or a triple bond, respectively.)
  2.  分子中に含まれる水酸基の数が8以下である、請求項1に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to claim 1, wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 8 or less.
  3.  分子中に含まれる水酸基の数が6以下である、請求項1に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to claim 1, wherein the number of hydroxyl groups contained in the molecule is 6 or less.
  4.  前記Rおよび前記Rに含まれる極性基が水酸基である、請求項1~請求項3のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the polar group contained in R 2 and R 4 is a hydroxyl group.
  5.  前記R-CH-R-および前記R-CH-R-が、下記式(3)で表される、請求項1~請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
     R-CH-[A]-[B]-[C]- (3)
    (式(3)中、[A]は下記式(4)で表され、[B]は下記式(5)で表され、[C]は下記式(6)で表される;式(3)において[A]、[B]、[C]の並び順は入れ替えてもよい;式(4)~(6)におけるエーテル結合側が、式(3)中のCH側である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式(4)中、aは0~3の整数である;式(5)中、bは0~3の整数であり、cは1~4の整数である;式(6)中、dは0~3の整数であり、eは1~4の整数である;ただし、a、b、dの少なくとも1つは1以上である。)
    The fluorine-containing product according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the R 3 -CH 2 -R 2- and the R 3 -CH 2 -R 4- are represented by the following formula (3). Ether compound.
    R 3 -CH 2- [A]-[B]-[C]-(3)
    (In the formula (3), [A] is represented by the following formula (4), [B] is represented by the following formula (5), and [C] is represented by the following formula (6); ), The order of [A], [B], and [C] may be changed; the ether bond side in the formulas (4) to (6) is the CH 2 side in the formula (3).)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (In equation (4), a is an integer of 0 to 3; in equation (5), b is an integer of 0 to 3 and c is an integer of 1 to 4; in equation (6), d. Is an integer of 0 to 3 and e is an integer of 1 to 4; however, at least one of a, b, and d is 1 or more.)
  6.  前記Rおよび前記Rの少なくとも一方における、式(2)中のXおよび/またはYが、水酸基を有するアルキル基である、請求項1~請求項5のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing product according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein X and / or Y in the formula (2) in at least one of R 1 and R 5 is an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group. Ether compound.
  7.  前記Rが、下記式(7)~(11)のいずれかで表される、請求項1~請求項6のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。
    -CFO-(CFCFO)-(CFO)-CF- (7)
    (式(7)中のm、nは平均重合度を示し、それぞれ0.1~30を表す。)
    -CFO-(CFCFO)-CF- (8)
    (式(8)中のwは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
    -CFCFO-(CFCFCFO)-CFCF- (9)
    (式(9)中のxは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
    -CFCFCFO-(CFCFCFCFO)-CFCFCF- (10)
    (式(10)中のyは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
    -CF(CF)-(OCF(CF)CF-OCF(CF)- (11)
    (式(11)中のzは平均重合度を示し、0.1~30を表す。)
    The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 , wherein R3 is represented by any of the following formulas (7) to (11).
    -CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) m- (CF 2 O) n -CF 2- (7)
    (M and n in the formula (7) indicate the average degree of polymerization, and each represents 0.1 to 30.)
    -CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 O) w -CF 2- (8)
    (W in the formula (8) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
    -CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) x -CF 2 CF 2- (9)
    (X in the formula (9) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
    -CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O- (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) y -CF 2 CF 2 CF 2- (10)
    (Y in the formula (10) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30).
    -CF (CF 3 )-(OCF (CF 3 ) CF 2 ) z -OCF (CF 3 )-(11)
    (Z in the formula (11) indicates the average degree of polymerization and represents 0.1 to 30.)
  8.  前記Rと前記Rが同じである、請求項1~請求項7のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein R 1 and R 5 are the same.
  9.  前記Rと前記Rが同じである、請求項1~請求項8のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein R 2 and R 4 are the same.
  10.  数平均分子量が500~10000の範囲内である、請求項1~請求項9のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物。 The fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the number average molecular weight is in the range of 500 to 10000.
  11.  請求項1~請求項10のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むことを特徴とする磁気記録媒体用潤滑剤。 A lubricant for a magnetic recording medium, which comprises the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  12.  基板上に、少なくとも磁性層と、保護層と、潤滑層とが順次設けられた磁気記録媒体であって、
     前記潤滑層が、請求項1~請求項10のいずれか一項に記載の含フッ素エーテル化合物を含むことを特徴とする磁気記録媒体。
    A magnetic recording medium in which at least a magnetic layer, a protective layer, and a lubricating layer are sequentially provided on a substrate.
    A magnetic recording medium, wherein the lubricating layer contains the fluorine-containing ether compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  13.  前記潤滑層の平均膜厚が、0.5nm~2.0nmである、請求項12に記載の磁気記録媒体。 The magnetic recording medium according to claim 12, wherein the average film thickness of the lubricating layer is 0.5 nm to 2.0 nm.
PCT/JP2021/046691 2020-12-25 2021-12-17 Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium WO2022138478A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020216497 2020-12-25
JP2020-216497 2020-12-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022138478A1 true WO2022138478A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82157830

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/046691 WO2022138478A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-12-17 Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022138478A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005263746A (en) * 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Sony Corp Fluorine-containing ester compound, lubricant and recording medium
WO2019054148A1 (en) * 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 昭和電工株式会社 Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording medium

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005263746A (en) * 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Sony Corp Fluorine-containing ester compound, lubricant and recording medium
WO2019054148A1 (en) * 2017-09-13 2019-03-21 昭和電工株式会社 Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7016923B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compounds, lubricants for magnetic recording media and magnetic recording media
JP7213813B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP7149947B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP6967015B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compounds, lubricants for magnetic recording media and magnetic recording media
JP6804893B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium and magnetic recording medium
JP7138646B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2019087548A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording medium
WO2021251335A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP7138644B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2020184653A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2021132252A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording medium
JP2018002673A (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium and magnetic recording medium
WO2021090940A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2021020076A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2022138478A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2022163708A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP7012807B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compounds, lubricants for magnetic recording media and magnetic recording media
WO2024071392A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording medium
WO2021251318A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2023085271A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2023276954A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2024122569A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP7342875B2 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compounds, lubricants for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording media
WO2022215703A1 (en) Fluoroether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
WO2022215726A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21910623

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21910623

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP